Warning: mysql_fetch_array() expects parameter 1 to be resource, boolean given in /home/newdedyk/domains/bkmanuals.com/public_html/includes/pages/manual_inc.php on line 26
Cannon MX340 manuale d’uso - BKManuals

Cannon MX340 manuale d’uso

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973

Vai alla pagina of

Un buon manuale d’uso

Le regole impongono al rivenditore l'obbligo di fornire all'acquirente, insieme alle merci, il manuale d’uso Cannon MX340. La mancanza del manuale d’uso o le informazioni errate fornite al consumatore sono la base di una denuncia in caso di inosservanza del dispositivo con il contratto. Secondo la legge, l’inclusione del manuale d’uso in una forma diversa da quella cartacea è permessa, che viene spesso utilizzato recentemente, includendo una forma grafica o elettronica Cannon MX340 o video didattici per gli utenti. La condizione è il suo carattere leggibile e comprensibile.

Che cosa è il manuale d’uso?

La parola deriva dal latino "instructio", cioè organizzare. Così, il manuale d’uso Cannon MX340 descrive le fasi del procedimento. Lo scopo del manuale d’uso è istruire, facilitare lo avviamento, l'uso di attrezzature o l’esecuzione di determinate azioni. Il manuale è una raccolta di informazioni sull'oggetto/servizio, un suggerimento.

Purtroppo, pochi utenti prendono il tempo di leggere il manuale d’uso, e un buono manuale non solo permette di conoscere una serie di funzionalità aggiuntive del dispositivo acquistato, ma anche evitare la maggioranza dei guasti.

Quindi cosa dovrebbe contenere il manuale perfetto?

Innanzitutto, il manuale d’uso Cannon MX340 dovrebbe contenere:
- informazioni sui dati tecnici del dispositivo Cannon MX340
- nome del fabbricante e anno di fabbricazione Cannon MX340
- istruzioni per l'uso, la regolazione e la manutenzione delle attrezzature Cannon MX340
- segnaletica di sicurezza e certificati che confermano la conformità con le norme pertinenti

Perché non leggiamo i manuali d’uso?

Generalmente questo è dovuto alla mancanza di tempo e certezza per quanto riguarda la funzionalità specifica delle attrezzature acquistate. Purtroppo, la connessione e l’avvio Cannon MX340 non sono sufficienti. Questo manuale contiene una serie di linee guida per funzionalità specifiche, la sicurezza, metodi di manutenzione (anche i mezzi che dovrebbero essere usati), eventuali difetti Cannon MX340 e modi per risolvere i problemi più comuni durante l'uso. Infine, il manuale contiene le coordinate del servizio Cannon in assenza dell'efficacia delle soluzioni proposte. Attualmente, i manuali d’uso sotto forma di animazioni interessanti e video didattici che sono migliori che la brochure suscitano un interesse considerevole. Questo tipo di manuale permette all'utente di visualizzare tutto il video didattico senza saltare le specifiche e complicate descrizioni tecniche Cannon MX340, come nel caso della versione cartacea.

Perché leggere il manuale d’uso?

Prima di tutto, contiene la risposta sulla struttura, le possibilità del dispositivo Cannon MX340, l'uso di vari accessori ed una serie di informazioni per sfruttare totalmente tutte le caratteristiche e servizi.

Dopo l'acquisto di successo di attrezzature/dispositivo, prendere un momento per familiarizzare con tutte le parti del manuale d'uso Cannon MX340. Attualmente, sono preparati con cura e tradotti per essere comprensibili non solo per gli utenti, ma per svolgere la loro funzione di base di informazioni e di aiuto.

Sommario del manuale d’uso

  • Pagina 1

    How to Use This Manual Printing This Manual MC-4432-V1.00 Basic Guide Describe s the summa ry of this prod uct. A dvanced Gui de Describe s the detailed function of this product. Troublesh ooting Page 1 of 973 pages Canon MX340 series On-s creen Manual[...]

  • Pagina 2

    How to Use This Manual Printing This Manual MP-4182-V1.00 Advanced Guide Contents Overview of the M achine Main Components How to Navigate Menus on th e LCD Preparing for Faxing Confirm ing the Telephone Line Connec tion Specifying the Basic Settings for Faxing Setting the Receive Mode Faxing Sending Fax es Using Various Sending Func tions Receivin[...]

  • Pagina 3

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Over view of the Machine Overview of the Machine This section shows the com ponent names of the machine and desc ribes the basic oper ations you need to know before using i t. Main Componen ts Front View Rear View Inside View Operation Panel How to Navigate Menus on the LCD Basic Operation in Each Mode [...]

  • Pagina 4

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Overv iew of the Machine > Main Co m ponents Main Components Front View Rear View Inside View Operation Panel Front View (1) A DF (Auto Document Feede r) Load a documen t to copy , scan, or fax. The documents loaded in the Document Tray are scanned automatically one sheet at a time. See Loading Docum[...]

  • Pagina 5

    (9) Document Cove r Open to load an origi nal on the Platen Glass. (10) Wi-Fi lamp Lights or flashes b lue to indicate the wireless LAN status. Lights: W ireless LAN active is selecte d. Flashes: Printing or scanning ov er wireless LAN. Also flashes w hile search ing for wireless LAN access point during set up and when connecting to the acce ss poi[...]

  • Pagina 6

    Rear View (16) External Device Jack Connect an external device such as telephone, answerin g machine, or modem of a computer. Important Do not touch the metal casing. Note Remove the Telephon e connector cap to connect the external device . (17) Teleph one Line Ja ck Connect the telepho ne line. Caution To avoid an electric shock, do not touch the [...]

  • Pagina 7

    (20) Ink Cartridge Locking Covers Lock the FINE Cartridges into place . (21) FINE Cartridge Hol der Install the FINE Cartridges. The Color FINE Cartridge sho uld be installe d into the left slot ( ) and the Black FINE Cartridge shoul d be installed in to the right slot ( ). (22) FINE Cartridges (Ink Cartridges) A replaceabl e cartridge that is inte[...]

  • Pagina 8

    (1) ON button (POW ER lamp) Turn s the power on or off. Lights o r flashes green to indicate the po w er sta tus. Before turnin g on the power, make sure that the Document Cover is close d. Important Disconn ecting the power plug W hen disconnecting the p ower plug after turning off t he power, be sure to confirm that the POWER lam p is not lit . I[...]

  • Pagina 9

    Used to enter numerical values such as the number of copies, as well as fax/telephone nu m bers and characters. (9) Redial/Paus e button Used to select a number fro m those recently dialed with the Numeric buttons to redial. You can also use this button to enter pause tim e between or after numbers when dialing or registering numbers for example in[...]

  • Pagina 10

    Page top Page 10 of 973 pages Main Components[...]

  • Pagina 11

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Overv iew of the Machine > How to Navigate Menus on the LCD How to Nav igate Menus on t he LCD You can use the mac hine to m ake co pies, s end/rece ive faxes, or sca n origina ls without a compute r. You can also make good use of the various functions of the machine w ith menus an d setting items di[...]

  • Pagina 12

    Pressing the Menu bu tton while in the copy s tandby scre en cycles through the availab le menu s in the order sho wn below. You can use th e (+) butt on to sc roll throu gh the m enu sel ections . The following lists o f menu items w ill help yo u find an appropriate m enu item for a specific function you want to set. Special copy Fax settings Dev[...]

  • Pagina 13

    Receive mode set. Memory reference Print reports/lists TEL no. registration FAX user settings Transmission settings Reception setting s Save to See Saving Scanned Data on the Computer . PC USB flash drive Device settings See Machine Setti ngs . Print settings LAN settings Device user settings Mobile pho ne settings *1 Bluetooth settings *1 PictBrid[...]

  • Pagina 14

    Checklist Staff paper 1 Staff paper 2 Handwriting paper W eekl y sched ule Monthly schedule Basic Operation on the Setting Options W h en printi ng in the copy or fax mode, or saving s canned data on a compu ter or a USB fla sh drive in the scan m ode, you ca n use th e Settings button to change setting s on the paper for p rinting o r scann ing op[...]

  • Pagina 15

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Preparing fo r Faxing Preparing for Faxing This section describes ty pical examp les of connecting and setting u p the machine before u sing the faxing functio ns. Confirming the Te lephone Lin e Connection Connec ting Various Lines Setting the Telephone Line Ty pe Specifying the Basic Settings for Faxi[...]

  • Pagina 16

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Preparing fo r Faxing > Confi rming the Telephon e Line Conn ection Confirming the T elephone Line Con nection For the ba sic co nnectio n of the m achine , refer to th e printed manual : Getting Started . This guide describes othe r typical connection s. The machin e canno t send/rec eive faxes if t[...]

  • Pagina 17

    (A) Digital Su bscribe r Line (B) xDSL modem (spl itter may no t be buil t-in to th e modem ) (C) W AN (W ide Area Network ) (D) Broadband router co mpatibl e with Internet Tele phone (E) Computer (F) Telepho ne or answering machine (G) LAN (Local Area Network) (H) TEL (I) LINE *Port config urations and nam es may vary depe nding on the prod uct. N[...]

  • Pagina 18

    Before usi ng your mac hine, m ake su re you set th e correct telepho ne line type for your tele phone li ne. If yo u are unsure of your telephone li ne type, contact your telephone company. For xD SL or I SDN connec tions, c ontact t he teleph one com pany or se rvice provider t o confirm your line type. Note Telephone line type w ill not appear i[...]

  • Pagina 19

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Preparing fo r Faxing > Specifying the Bas ic Settings for Faxing Specifying the Basic Settings for Faxing This section describes th e basic settings for faxing such as how to register the sender information, to enter num bers and letters, to set da ylight savin g time, e tc. Sender Info rmation Sett[...]

  • Pagina 20

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Preparing fo r Faxing > Specifying the Basic Settings for Faxing > Sender Informatio n Sender Information If the uni t name a nd unit f ax/telephone nu mber are registere d, they are pri nted with date and tim e as sender i nformati on on the recipie nt's fax. (A) Date and t ime of transmissi[...]

  • Pagina 21

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Preparing fo r Faxing > Specifying the Basic Settings for Faxing > Setting the Date and Time Setting the Date a nd Time Note W hen the mach ine is connected to a computer with the MP Drivers installed, the date and time setting will be copied from the computer to the machine. As long as the date a[...]

  • Pagina 22

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Preparing fo r Faxing > Specifying the Basic Settings for Faxing > Setting Day light Saving Time (Summer Time) Setting Daylight Saving Time (Summer Time) Some countries adopt the day light saving time (summer time ) system that sh if ts the clock time forw ard at certai n periods of the year. You [...]

  • Pagina 23

    (4) Make sure that Set week is selected, and press the OK button. (5) Use the (-) or (+) button to selec t the week when summe r time starts, and press the OK button. (6) Make sure that Set day of week is selected, and press the OK button. (7) Use the (-) or (+) button to selec t the day of the week when summer time starts, and press the OK button.[...]

  • Pagina 24

    (8) Make sure that Set sh ift time is selected, and press the OK button. (9) Use the Nu meric buttons to ente r the time (in 24-hour format) when summe r time ends. Precede single digits with a zero. (10) Press the OK button. The summer time end date/time will be set. 5. Press the FA X button to return to the fax standby screen. Page top Page 24 of[...]

  • Pagina 25

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Preparing fo r Faxing > Specifying the Basic Settings for Faxing > Registering Use r Information Registering User I nformation Important Before sendi ng a fax, be sure to enter y our f ax/telephone number an d name in Unit TEL no. registr. and Unit name reg istr. in the FAX user settings scree n ([...]

  • Pagina 26

    4. Press the FA X button to return to the fax standby screen. Page top Page 26 of 973 pages Registering User Information[...]

  • Pagina 27

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Preparing fo r Faxing > Specifying the Basic Settings for Faxing > Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols Entering Nu mbers, Le tters, and Sy mb ols W i th the Num eric but tons on t he mach ine, you c an enter th e unit n ame and the recip ient's na me for the coded speed dial. The machi ne [...]

  • Pagina 28

    Note Here describes the proce dure to enter the unit name as example. To displ ay the Uni t name registr. screen, see Registeri ng User Informatio n . 2. Use the Nu meric buttons to ente r characters. Press the button r epeatedly until the chara cter you want to enter appears. To enter characters (ex., to enter "EU"): (1) Press the button[...]

  • Pagina 29

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Preparing fo r Faxing > Specifying the Basic Settings for Faxing > Other Basic Settings Other Basic Settings You can sel ect the fo llowing item s in FAX user settings of Fax setting s. For detail s, refer to the on-s creen m anual: Advanced Gui de . Auto print W h en ON is se lected, a received f[...]

  • Pagina 30

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Preparing fo r Faxing > Setting the Receive Mod e Setting the Receive Mode There are four re ceive mod es as f ollows. TEL priority mo de Fax priority m ode Fax only mode DRPD *1 or Network switch *2 *1 This s etting i s only availa ble in US a nd Canada . *2 This s etting m ay not be avai lable de p[...]

  • Pagina 31

    1. Display the DRPD: Fax ring pat. screen. (1) Press the FA X button, and press the Menu button. (2) Use the (-) or (+) button to selec t Reception s ettings in the Fax settings menu, and p ress the OK button. (3) Use the (-) or (+) button to selec t DRPD: Fax ring pat., and press the OK button. 2. Select the ring pattern. (1) Use the (-) or (+ ) b[...]

  • Pagina 32

    Av ailable setti ngs for an incoming call * 2 Change the numbe r of times to ring the telephon e. Ring count Av ailable setti ngs for a voi ce call *2 Change the numbe r of seconds until the machine starts ringing. Ring start time in Fax priority mode Change the numbe r of seconds that the machine rings. Telephone ring time in Fax priority mode Set[...]

  • Pagina 33

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Faxing Faxing This secti on desc ribes th e basic operatio n to sen d or rece ive faxes with the fax function s of the machin e. Sending F axes Sending a Fax with the Numeric Buttons Redialing the Num ber Dialed w ith the Num eric Buttons Using Various Sending Fu nctions Settings for Sending Faxes Recei[...]

  • Pagina 34

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Faxing > Send ing Faxes Sending Faxes This section desc ribes dialing and sending faxes directly using the Numeric buttons. For detail s on oth er ways to send f axes, see Using Various Sending Functions . Sending a Fax with the Numeric Bu ttons Redialing the Num ber Dialed with the Numeric Buttons S[...]

  • Pagina 35

    (3) Press the FA X button. 2. Adjust the sca n contrast an d resolution as necess ary . (1) Press the FAX Quality button. The Scan co ntrast screen will appear. (2) Use the (-) or (+) button to selec t the scan co ntrast. The (-) bu tton decreases the scan contrast, and the (+) button increases the scan contrast. (3) Press the OK button. The Scan r[...]

  • Pagina 36

    (2) Press the Color button f or color sending, or the Blac k button for black & white sending. The machine starts scanning the original. Important Color sending requires that the recipient's fax machine supports color faxing. If the recipient's fax machine does not support color faxing, you can set the m achine to send a fax in black-[...]

  • Pagina 37

    (1) Press the Redial/Pause button. The fax/telephone numb er last dialed with the Numeri c buttons will be displayed. (2) Use the (-) or (+ ) button to select the fax/telephone number to redial. (3) Press the OK button. The selected number will appear in the fax sending screen. 4. Send the fax. (1) Press the Color button f or color sending, or the [...]

  • Pagina 38

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Faxing > Usi ng Various Sendi ng Functions Using Various Sending Functions You can send a fax in various ways as follows. For detail s, refer to the on-s creen m anual: Advanced Gui de . Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telep hone You can send a fax manuall y after spea king on telephon e if you want [...]

  • Pagina 39

    Broadcasting) You can send the same documents to tw o or more r ecipients with one operation. The r ecipients can be specified w ith the Numeric b uttons, coded speed dial, and group dia l in combination. Preventing Dial ing a W ro ng Num ber (Fax num ber re- entry) To prevent diali ng a wrong num ber, you ente r the sam e numb er again for confi r[...]

  • Pagina 40

    ECM TX Sends faxes in ECM (Error Correction Mode). W hen the recipie nt's fax machin e is co mpatibl e with ECM, the machine resends the fax after cor recting e rrors auto matical ly. Pause time s ettings Sets the l ength of time pau sed for e ach pres s of the Redial/Pause button when en tering fax/ telephone number. TX sta rt speed Selects t[...]

  • Pagina 41

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Faxing > Re ceiving Faxes Receivi ng Faxes This secti on desc ribes th e operati on to rec eive a fax with the mac hine dep ending o n the rec eive mode. This section also describe s the operation to print documents stor ed in the memory of the machine such as w hen ink or paper runs out. Preparing f[...]

  • Pagina 42

    Note The paper settings are shared among the copy mode, fax mode, and template print. After printing in othe r modes, confirm or chang e the paper settings. If page size other than A4, 8.5"x11" (LTR), or Legal (or 8.5"x14"), or a media ty pe other than Plain paper is selected, f axe s or reports cannot be printed. See Rece iving[...]

  • Pagina 43

    See Remote Reception . When the call is a voice call: The telephone w ill ring w hen a call incomes. (1) Pick up the handset, and talk on the telephone. Note If y ou have subscribed to Dupl ex Ringing service in Ho ng Kong, the machine will receive faxes automatically even if you set the receive mode of the machine to TEL priori ty mode. When the a[...]

  • Pagina 44

    Note Other options Change the numbe r of times to ring the telephon e. See Settings for Receiv ing Faxes . When the call is a voice call: The telephone w ill ring w hen a call incomes. W h en the m achine detects a voice c all, the machin e will ring. (1) Pick up the handset, and press the Stop button to talk on the telephon e. Important W hen the [...]

  • Pagina 45

    Note If a telephone is conn ected to the machine, the telepho ne will ring when a call inco mes. When DRPD or Network switch is selected: When the call is a fax: The telephone w ill ring w hen a call incomes. The machin e will receive th e fax automatic ally when the fa x ring pattern is detecte d. Note Other options Change the numbe r of times to [...]

  • Pagina 46

    Note To use this feature, you need to subscribe to a compatible serv ice prov ided by your telephone company. Contact your telephone company for details. For DRPD Y ou nee d to select the appropriate rin g pattern on the machine. For details, see Setting the DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada on ly) . For Network switch The name of this service varie[...]

  • Pagina 47

    See Preparing f or Receivin g a Fax . A media type other than Plain paper is selected for Media ty pe. Select Plain pap er for Media type. See Preparing f or Receivin g a Fax . You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a fax. Press the FA X bu tton to resume printing of the fax. Note The machine can store up to appro ximately 50 pag es* (ma[...]

  • Pagina 48

    Select Save all documen ts to save all documents in the memory on the USB flash drive. (2) Use the (-) or (+) button to selec t Yes, and press the OK button. The machine starts printing do cuments in the memory one by one. (3) To delete the printed document, use the (-) or (+) button to selec t Y es. To keep the document in the memory, select No. ([...]

  • Pagina 49

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Faxing > Usi ng Various Recei ving Functions Using Various Receiv ing Functio ns The machine has various receiving functions as follows. For detail s, refer to the on-s creen m anual: Advanced Gui de . Fax Reception Reject ion The machin e can be set to re ject faxes from speci fic sen ders. The fax [...]

  • Pagina 50

    Manual/auto sw itch Receives fa xes automatic ally after th e external telep hone ring s a spe cified length o f time when the receive mo de is s et to TEL priori ty mode. RX image reduct ion Reduces to print re ceived faxes auto matica lly so that they fit in the sele cted pag e size. RX start spee d Selects the fax receiving s peed. RX report Pri[...]

  • Pagina 51

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Faxing > Usi ng Useful Fax F unctio ns Using Useful Fax Functions The machine has various f ax functions as f ollow s. For detail s, refer to the on-s creen m anual: Advanced Gui de . Print repor ts/lists Press the FAX button, then the M enu button to d isplay the Fax settings menu, an d selec t Prin[...]

  • Pagina 52

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Copying Copying You can copy in the various method s such as enl arging/red ucing o r copying two orig inal pa ges onto a single sheet of paper . Making Copies Changing the Settings Using Various Copy Functions Page top Page 52 of 973 pages Copying[...]

  • Pagina 53

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Copying > Making Copies Making Copies This secti on desc ribes th e proced ure to co py a docum ent of A4 s ize on pla in paper. For the operation, see the notes and oper ation procedure described in the reference page. You need to prepare: Originals to copy. See Originals You Can L oad . Paper for p[...]

  • Pagina 54

    (5) Load an original on the Platen Glass or in the ADF. See Loading Originals . To load the origin al on the Platen Glass, align it with the alignment mark W ITH THE SIDE TO COPY FACING DOW N as shown below. Then close the Documen t Cover gently. Note For details on the types and conditions of the original which can be copied, and how to load the o[...]

  • Pagina 55

    (3) Press the Color button f or color copying, or th e Black button for black & white copying. The machine starts copying. Remove the origi nal on the Platen Glass or the Docum ent Output Slot after copying is completed. Important Do not open the Documen t Cover or move the loaded ori ginal until copying is completed. Note Press the Stop butt o[...]

  • Pagina 56

    cannot make a borderl ess copy of the document loaded in the ADF. Load the ori ginal on the Platen Glass. If Borderless c opy is selected, sl ight cropping may occur at the edges s ince the copied image is enlarged to fill the whole page. The settings of the print quali ty , automatic intensi ty adjustmen t, etc. are retained, and these settings wi[...]

  • Pagina 57

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Copying > Usin g Various Copy Functions Using Various Copy Functions You can make various kinds of copies, such as making border less copies or copyin g two pag es onto a single sheet, b y selectin g Specia l copy in the copy mo de. For detail s, refer to the on-s creen m anual: Advanced Gui de . Fra[...]

  • Pagina 58

    Page top Page 58 of 973 pages Using Various Copy Functions[...]

  • Pagina 59

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Scanning Scanning You can save s canned data to your c ompute r, and edi t or proce ss them with the sup plied s oftware applic ation. You ca n also s ave scann ed data o n a USB flas h drive ins erted int o the mac hine. Saving Scann ed Data on the Co mputer Preparing for Scann ing w ith the Operation [...]

  • Pagina 60

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Scanning > Saving Scann ed Data on the Computer Sav ing Scanned Data on the Computer You can save s canned data on th e comp uter with the USB ca ble or via a network. This secti on desc ribes th e proced ure to det ect the type of origin al autom atical ly with Auto scan , and sa ve the sca nned dat[...]

  • Pagina 61

    (2) Press the SCAN button. (3) If Save to is being displayed, use the (-) or (+) button to se lect PC, and press the OK button. The computer selecti on screen will appear. Note If save to is not displayed, press the M enu button to display it. (4) Select the co mputer to save sca nned da ta, and press the OK button. Here we sel ect Local (USB). The[...]

  • Pagina 62

    Do not open the Documen t Cover or move the loaded ori ginal until scanning is compl eted. Note The position or size of the origin al may not be scanned correctly depending on the type of original. If the sc an is not performed correctly, t ry to scan again after selecting Docum ent or Photo for Document type and changing the settings of Scan size,[...]

  • Pagina 63

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Scanning > Using Vari ous Scan Functions Using Various Scan Functions You can save s canned data als o on the USB flash dri ve inserted into the machin e by selec ting USB fla sh drive in Save to in the s can mod e. For detail s, refer to the on-s creen m anual: Advanced Gui de . PC USB flash drive N[...]

  • Pagina 64

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Printing from Your Computer Printing from Your Computer This section describes th e procedure to p rint documents or photos with a computer. You can easi ly print pho tos tak en with your digi tal cam era by usin g Easy-PhotoPrin t EX supplied with the machine. Printing Photos (Easy-PhotoPrint EX) Using[...]

  • Pagina 65

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Printing from Your Computer > Printing Photos (Easy-Photo Print EX) Printing Photos (Easy-PhotoPrint EX) Print ima ge data s aved on your c omputer b y using Eas y-PhotoPrint EX supp lied with the machin e. This secti on desc ribes th e proced ure to prin t borderle ss pho tos on 4" x 6" / [...]

  • Pagina 66

    3. Select a photo to print. (1) Select the fo lder in which images are saved. (2) Click the im age to print. The number of copi es appears as "1", and the image you selected appea rs in the selected image are a (A). You can select tw o or more ima ges at the same time. Note To print two or more copies, cli ck (Up arrow) to change the numb[...]

  • Pagina 67

    5. Select a layout a nd start printing. (1) Select the layout of the photo. Here we select Borderless (full). The p review w ill appear in the selected layout for co nfirmation of th e required pr int result. Note You can change the direction of pho to or crop ph otos to print. For details on the operatio n, refer to the on-screen manu al: Advanced[...]

  • Pagina 68

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Printing from Your Computer > Printing Photos (Easy-Phot oPrint EX) > Using Various Functions of Easy- PhotoPrint EX Using Vario us Function s of Easy -PhotoPrin t EX This secti on introd uces a few of the usef ul funct ions of Easy-PhotoPrint EX. For detail s, refer to the on-s creen m anual: Adv[...]

  • Pagina 69

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Printing from Your Computer > Printing Documents Printing Documents This secti on desc ribes th e proced ure to prin t a docu ment of A4 size on p lain pap er. For detail s, refer to the on-s creen m anual: Advanced Gui de . Note Operations ma y vary depending on your software application. F or detai[...]

  • Pagina 70

    The settings suitable fo r the print object such as media type or print quality will also appear. W hen you specify two or more copies in Copies, the Collate c heck box will be selected. (2) Make sure of the display ed settings. Here we make sure that Plain Paper in Media Type, St and ard in Print Quality, and A4 in Printer Paper Size are selected.[...]

  • Pagina 71

    Note The mess age on how to load envelopes will appear w hen printing on them. This mess age will not appear nex t tim e if you select the Do not show this mess age again. check box. For details on the settings to print envel opes, see Loading Envelopes . To cancel a print job in progress, press the S top button on the machine or cli ck Cancel Prin[...]

  • Pagina 72

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Other Usages Other Usages This secti on introd uces th e proced ure to prin t the tem plate form s suc h as not ebook p aper, etc. , the setting items o f the mac hine, a nd the fun ction to print di rectly from a digital camera or mobi le phone . This section also introd uces useful software ap plicati[...]

  • Pagina 73

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Other Usages > Printing the Template Forms such as Notebook Pap er Printing the T emplate Forms such as Notebook Paper This section describes th e procedure to se lect and print the te mplate forms. You need to prepare: A4, B5, or Letter -sized plai n paper. See Media Types You Can Use . 1. Prepare f[...]

  • Pagina 74

    (1) Use the (-) or (+) button to spe cify Page size, and press the OK button. Note Y ou can on ly select A4, B5, or 8.5"x11" (LTR). B5 may not be availa ble depen ding on the selected tem plate form. (2) Confirm that Plain paper is selected in Media ty pe, and press OK button. Note If a media type other than Plain paper is selected, sele [...]

  • Pagina 75

    Monthly schedule Calenda r ty pe Page top Page 75 of 973 pages Printing the Template Forms such as Noteboo k Paper[...]

  • Pagina 76

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Other Usages > Printing Photos Directly from Your Digi tal Camera or Mobile Phone Printing Photos Directly from Your Digital Camera or Mobile Phone Printing Photos from a Pict Bridge Compliant Device You can conn ect the PictBridge compli ant device to this machin e with a USB cabl e that is recomm e[...]

  • Pagina 77

    For detail s on the operatio n, refer to the on-sc reen ma nual: Adv anced Guide . Page top Page 77 of 973 pages Printing Photos Directly from Your Digital Ca mera or Mobile Phone[...]

  • Pagina 78

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Other Usages > Machine Settings Machine Settings This section describes th e items you can set or change in the Fax settings o r Device settings menu available by pressing the Menu button. For detail s on se tting or c hangin g, refer to t he on-sc reen man ual: A dvanced Guide . Fax settings Receive[...]

  • Pagina 79

    Used when print ing from a PictBridg e comp liant de vice, sele cts whether or not to pri oritize the Exif informat ion saved o n a photo when Auto phot o fix ON is select ed. LAN settings WLAN active/inactive Switches whether to enable or disable the wireless LAN. Wireless LAN setup Configures the wireless LAN conne ction a ccordin g to the type o[...]

  • Pagina 80

    Langua ge selection Changes the language for LCD mes sages and m enus. Quiet mode Enables this function if you want to r educe the operat ing noise of the machine, such as when using the mac hine at n ight (when cop ying, printi ng from t he PictBrid ge com pliant d evice, prin ting with wireless com munication, etc.). Key repeat Enables to increa [...]

  • Pagina 81

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Other Usages > Useful Software Applications Useful Softw are A pplications The machin e can be used with us eful so ftware applica tions s uch as Solution Menu, My Print er, and Eas y -W ebPrint EX. Solution Menu W i th Soluti on Menu, you can s tart the s oftware applic ations suppli ed with the ma [...]

  • Pagina 82

    Note Y ou can al so start My Printer from Solu tion Menu or the taskbar. Install My Printer fro m the Set up CD-ROM when it has not been installed or has bee n uninstalle d. To install My Printer, select My Printer in Custom Install. To start My Printer from the Start menu, select All Programs (or Progra ms), Canon Utilities, My Printer, then My Pr[...]

  • Pagina 83

    For details o n printing w eb pages, click (Help) t o view the online help. Note Installing Easy-WebPrint EX If Easy -W ebPrint EX is not installed, the guidan ce for installa tion of Easy-W ebPrint EX may app ear in the notification area of the task bar. To install Easy-W ebPrint EX, click the displayed guidance and f ollow the instructions on the[...]

  • Pagina 84

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Loading Pap er / Originals Loading Paper / Originals This section describes ty pes of paper or o riginals you can loa d, how to load printing paper in the Rear Tray, and how to load origin als to copy, fax, or scan. Loading Paper Loading Plain Paper / Photo Pap er Loading Envelopes Media Types You Can U[...]

  • Pagina 85

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Loading Pap er / Originals > Loading Paper Loading Pap er Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper Loading Envelopes Media Types You Can Use Media Types You Cannot Use Loadin g Plain Pape r / Photo Paper Important If y ou cut plai n paper into small size such as 4" x 6" / 10 x 15 cm, 4" x 8&q[...]

  • Pagina 86

    (3) Slide the Paper Guides (A) to open them, and load the paper in the center of the Rear Tray W ITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU. (4) Slide the Paper Guides (A) to align them with both sides of the paper stack. Do not slide the Paper Guid es too hard. The paper may not be fed properly. Important Always load paper in the portra it orientation (B). Loa[...]

  • Pagina 87

    Note Do not load sheets of pa per higher than the Lo ad Limit Mark (D). Note The machine may make an operating noise when feeding pa per. A fter l oading pa per W hen usi ng the machine to copy without a computer, select the size and ty pe of the load ed paper for Pag e size and Media type of the setting options. See Cha nging the Settings in "[...]

  • Pagina 88

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Loading Pap er / Originals > Loading Paper > Loading Env elopes Loading Envelope s You can print on European DL and US #10 envelopes. The address is auto matical ly rotated a nd printed accord ing to th e envelope's directi on by spec ifying with the printe r driver prope rly. Important You c[...]

  • Pagina 89

    (2) Open the Paper Output Tray gently. (3) Slide the Paper Guides (A) to open them, and load the envelopes in the center of the Rear Tray W ITH THE ADDRESS SIDE FACING YOU. The fo lded flap of the e nvelope will be faced down on the left side. Up to 10 envelope s can be loaded at once. (4) Slide the Paper Guides (A) to align them with both sides of[...]

  • Pagina 90

    (2) Select DL En v. or Comm. Env. #10 in the Envelope Size Setting window. (3) Select Landscape in Orientation. Important If you do not specify the env elope size or or ientation properly, the address will be printed upside down or w ill be tur ned to 90 deg rees. Note The machine may make an operating noise when feeding en velopes. If the print r [...]

  • Pagina 91

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Loading Pap er / Originals > Loading Paper > Media Types Y ou Can Use Media Ty pes You Can Use Choose pa per suit able for p rinting, for the bes t print re sults. Ca non provide s you various types of pap er to enhan ce the fu n of print ing, suc h as s tickers as well as p apers fo r photo or d [...]

  • Pagina 92

    - Media ty pe settings - Operation Pa nel: Pro Pla tinum Printer driver: Ph oto Paper Pro Platinum Photo Paper Pro II <PR-201> - Media ty pe settings - Operation Panel: Pro II Printer driver: Photo Paper Pro I I Glossy Pho to Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501> - Media ty pe settings - Operation Pa nel: Gloss y Printer driver: Glo s[...]

  • Pagina 93

    Available only when printing from your compu ter. For creating your ow n prints: T-Shirt Transfers <TR-301> *1 - Media ty pe settings - Printer driver: T-Shirt Transfer s Photo Stickers <PS-101> *2, *3 - Media ty pe settings - Operation Pa nel: Gloss y Printer driver: Glo ssy Photo Pa per - Paper load limit - Rear Tray: 1 sheet - Paper [...]

  • Pagina 94

    Max imum size: 8.50 x 26.61 inches / 215.9 x 676.0 mm Paper W e ight 17 to 28 lb / 64 to 105 g/m 2 (except for C anon genuine paper) Do not use heavier or l ighter pa per (except for Cano n genui ne paper), as it c ould jam in the m achin e. Notes on Storin g Paper Take out onl y the nece ssary numb er of pape r from the packag e, just before pri n[...]

  • Pagina 95

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Loading Pap er / Originals > Loading Paper > Media Types You Cannot Use Media Ty pes You Cannot Use Do not use the foll owing types of p aper. Usin g such p aper will cau se not o nly unsati sfactory res ults, b ut also the mach ine to jam or malfunction. Folded, curled, o r wrinkled pap er Damp p[...]

  • Pagina 96

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Loading Pap er / Originals > Loadin g Originals Loading Originals This section describes th e procedure to lo ad originals on the Plate n Glass and in the ADF. Position to Load Originals Loading Originals on the Platen Glass How to Load Origina ls for Eac h Funct ion Loading Documen ts in the ADF Ori[...]

  • Pagina 97

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Loading Pap er / Originals > Loading Originals > Loadin g Originals on the Pla ten Glass Loadin g Origin als on the Pla ten Glass You can load original s to co py, fax, or scan on the Plate n Glass. You may have to loa d the ori ginal in a differe nt posit ion depe nding on the func tion you s ele[...]

  • Pagina 98

    Page top Page 98 of 973 pages Loading Originals on the Platen Glass[...]

  • Pagina 99

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Loading Pap er / Originals > Loading Originals > How to Load Original s for Each Function How to Loa d Origin als for Each Fun ction Loadin g the Origi nal to Be Aligne d w ith the Alignmen t M ar k Load originals to copy or fax In the scan mode , - select USB flash drive to sca n originals - sele[...]

  • Pagina 100

    (B) 0.12 inches / 3.0 mm (C) 0.20 inches / 5.0 mm (D) 0.13 inches / 3.4 mm (0.25 inches / 6.4 mm for Letter and Leg al-sized paper) (E) 0.13 inches / 3.4 mm (0.25 inches / 6.3 mm for Letter and Legal -sized paper) Loadin g Only One Ori ginal in the Center of the Platen Glass In the scan mode, - select Auto scan for Document t ype to scan one printe[...]

  • Pagina 101

    (A) 0.4 inches / 10 mm Note The Skew Correction function au tomatically compensates for the origin als placed at an ang le of up to approximately 10 degrees. Slanted pho tos with a long edge of 7.1 inch es / 180 mm or more cannot be corrected. Non-rectangu lar or irregula r shaped photos (such as cut o ut photos) may not be scanne d properly. Page [...]

  • Pagina 102

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Loading Pap er / Originals > Loading Originals > Loadin g Documents in the ADF Loading Documents in t he ADF You can load documents to copy, fax, or scan in the ADF. Note To scan a document at optimum quali ty , load it on the Platen Glass. 1. Make sure that any original has been removed from the [...]

  • Pagina 103

    Page top Page 103 of 973 pages Loading Documents in the ADF[...]

  • Pagina 104

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Loading Pap er / Originals > Loading Originals > Originals You Can Load Original s Y ou Ca n Load The original s you can load on t he Platen Glass or i n the ADF for copying, s cannin g, or faxing are a s follows: Platen Glass ADF Types of originals Text document, magazine, or new spaper Printed p[...]

  • Pagina 105

    Page top Page 105 of 973 pages Originals You Can Load[...]

  • Pagina 106

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Routine M aintenance Routine Maintenance This secti on desc ribes th e proced ure to cl ean the m achine when the print result i s faint, to replac e FINE Cartridges when they run out o f ink, o r to take a n actio n when paper do es not fe ed prope rly. When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors A re Incorr[...]

  • Pagina 107

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Routine M aintenance > W hen Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors A re Incorrect If print res ults ar e blurred o r colors are not p rinted co rrectly, the print hea d nozzles (FINE Cartri dges) are probably cl ogged. F ollow the proc edure bel ow to pr[...]

  • Pagina 108

    Note If the problem is still not resolve d after replaci ng the FINE Cartridge, contact the service center. W hen the Prin t Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled L ines Are Misaligned: See Aligning the Print Head . Note Y ou can al so perform the main tenance operatio ns from your computer. For details, refer to the on-screen manual: Advanced Gui[...]

  • Pagina 109

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Routine M aintenance > W hen Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect > Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Printing the No zzle Check Patter n Print the n ozzle check pattern to determin e whether the i nk ejec ts prope rly from the p rint head nozzles. Note If the remaining in k level is low[...]

  • Pagina 110

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Routine M aintenance > W hen Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect > Examining the Noz zle Ch eck Pattern Examining the No zzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle c heck pa ttern, and clean t he Print Hea d if nec essary. 1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern (1) or horizontal [...]

  • Pagina 111

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Routine M aintenance > W hen Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect > Cleaning the P rint Head Cleaning the Print Hea d Clean the Print Head i f lines are miss ing or i f horizontal white streaks are pres ent in th e printed nozzle check pattern. Cle aning u nclogs the nozzles a nd restore[...]

  • Pagina 112

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Routine M aintenance > W hen Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect > Cleaning the P rint Head Deeply Cleanin g the Print Hea d Deep ly If print qu ality does not imp rove by the sta ndard cl eaning o f the Print Head, cle an the Prin t Head deep ly. Cleaning the Print Head deeply consu me[...]

  • Pagina 113

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Routine M aintenance > W hen Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect > Aligning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head If printed ruled line s are misaligned or p rint results are othe rwise unsatisfactory , adjust the pr int head position. Note If the remaining in k level is low, the print[...]

  • Pagina 114

    Important Do not touch any printed part on the print head align ment sheet. Be careful not to get the print head al ignment sheet dirty. If the sheet is stained or w rinkled, it may not be scanned pr operly. 5. Scan the print head alignment sheet to adjust the print head position. (1) Load the print head alignment sheet on the Platen Glass. Load th[...]

  • Pagina 115

    Important Do not open the Documen t Cover or remove the print head al ignment sheet on the Platen Glass until adjustin g the print head positio n is completed. If the message "Failed to scan the head al ignment sheet" appea rs, press the OK button. Refer to " Troubles hooting " in the on-screen manu al: Advanced Guide . Note If [...]

  • Pagina 116

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Routine M aintenance > Replacing a FINE Cartridge Replacing a FINE Cartridge W h en remai ning in k cauti ons or erro rs occu r, the me ssage will a ppear to inform you o f the error. Refer to "An Error Message is Displayed o n the LCD" i n " T roubleshooting " of the on-sc reen m[...]

  • Pagina 117

    1. Make sure that the power is turned on, and open the Paper Output Tray gently . 2. Lift the Scanning Unit (Cover), then hold it open with the Scanning Un it Support (C). The FINE Cartridge Holde r moves to the replacement positio n. Caution Do not hold the FINE Cartridge Hol der to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the FINE Cartridge Hol der[...]

  • Pagina 118

    4. Prepare the new FINE Cartridge. (1) Take a new FINE Cartridge out of its package and remove the orange protective tape (D) gently . Important If y ou shake a FINE Cartridge, ink may spill out and stain y our ha nds and the surround ing area. Handle a FINE Cartridge carefull y. Be careful not to s tain your hands and the surround ing area with in[...]

  • Pagina 119

    (E) Closed correctly (F) Not closed correctly (the cov er is tilted) Important The machine cannot prin t unless both the Color and Black FINE Cartridges are install ed. Be sure to install both the FINE Cartridges. 6. Lift the Scanning Unit (Cover) slightly to set the Scanning Unit Support back to its original position, and gently close the Scanning[...]

  • Pagina 120

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Routine M aintenance > Replacing a FINE Cartridge > Checkin g the Ink Status Checking the Ink Status You can chec k the i nk statu s on the LCD. Make sure that the mac hine is turned on , then pres s the COPY , FAX , or S CAN button. The cur rent ink level will appe ar on the LCD for a few seco nd[...]

  • Pagina 121

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Routine M aintenance > Cleaning the Paper Feed Rolle r Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller If the Pape r Feed Roll er is di rty or paper po wder is attach ed to it, paper ma y not be fed properly. In this c ase, c lean the Paper Feed Roller. Cle aning will wear out the Paper Fe ed Roller, so perfo rm this[...]

  • Pagina 122

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Appen dix Appendix Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images Tips on How to Use Your Machine Page top Page 122 of 973 pages Appendix[...]

  • Pagina 123

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Appendix > Legal Limitatio ns on Use of Your Product and Use of Images Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images It may be un lawful to mak e copi es of, sc an, prin t, or use reproduct ions of the follo wing docume nts. The list provid ed is no n-exhaustive. W hen in doubt, c heck w[...]

  • Pagina 124

    Adv anced Guide Troubleshooting Contents > Appendix > Tips on How to Use Y our Machi ne Tips on How to Use Your Machine This section introduce s the tips on how to use y our mac hine and for printing with optimal quality. Ink is used for various purposes. How is ink use d for various p urpose s other than printin g? Ink may be used fo r purpo[...]

  • Pagina 125

    Tip!: After loading pa per, be su re to specify the pa per settings! After loadi ng paper , be sure to selec t the lo aded pap er for Media type with the Ope ration Pan el or Media Ty pe with the printer driver. If the t ype of paper is not selected, you may not be able to get the satisfa ctory print re sult. See Loading Paper . There are various t[...]

  • Pagina 126

    Tip! : Carefully choose t he area to plac e the machine! Note w hen yo u place the machine near other electr ical appliances such as fluorescent lamps Place the machine at least 5.91 inches / 1 5 cm awa y from other electr ical appliances such as fluoresc ent lam ps. If the machi ne is pl aced c loser to those, i t may not be able to work properly [...]

  • Pagina 127

    Colors ar e uneven, an d print re sults are bl urred . Tip!: Print the nozzle che ck pattern to che ck if the nozzle s are clogged. If the prin t head no zzles are clo gged, c olors ma y become uneven or the print res ults ma y be blurred . In this case Print the nozz le check pattern Check the printed check pattern to see if th e nozzles are clogg[...]

  • Pagina 128

    MC-4470-V1.00 Basic Guide Printing Scanning Copying Faxing Troubleshooting How to Use This Manual Printing This Manual Maintenance About Blue tooth Comm unicat ion Changing the Machine Sett ings Appendix About Network Comm unicat ion W h en you dis play this o n-screen manual in a language environmen t other tha n Englis h, some English des criptio[...]

  • Pagina 129

    Using the Face Sha rpener Func tion Using the Digital Fa ce Smoothing Function Using the Blemish Remo v er Function Adjusting Images Correct/Enha nce Ima ges W indow Questions and Answers How Can I Move (or Copy ) t he Saved File? W h ich Side of the Dis played Ima ge Does t he Printin g Start from? How Do I Print with Even Margins? W hat Is "[...]

  • Pagina 130

    Page Layout Pri nting Poster Printing Booklet Pri nting Duplex Printing Stamp/Bac kground Printing Registering a Stamp Registering Ima ge Data to be Used as a Background Printing a n Envelope Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions (C ustom Size) Changing the Print Qual ity and Correc ting Ima ge Data Selectin g a Comb[...]

  • Pagina 131

    Settings on the Machine Printing Photogra phs from a W ireless Communication Device Printing via Bluetooth Commu nication Printing throug h Bluetooth Communication Changing the Bluetooth Settings Setting the Page Size, Medi a Type, and Lay out W hen Printing fro m a Mobile Pho ne Displaying the M obile phone settings screen Scanning Scanning Scanni[...]

  • Pagina 132

    Sending via E-mail Editing Files Setting Passw ords for PDF Files Opening/Editing Passw ord-pro tected PDF Files MP Navigator EX Screens Navigation Mode Scre en Scan/Import Docu ments or Images Tab View & Use Image s on your Com puter Tab Custom Sc an with One-clic k Tab Photos/Doc uments (Platen) Sc reen (Scan /Import W i ndow) Scan Settings D[...]

  • Pagina 133

    Scanning in Advance d Mode Scanning in Auto Scan Mod e Scanning Multiple Docum ents fro m the ADF (Aut o Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Docum ents at One Time with ScanGear (Sca nner Driver) Correcting Ima ges and Adjusting Colors w ith ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Correcting Ima ges (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Du st and Scratc hes, Fa [...]

  • Pagina 134

    Special Copy Settings for Specia l Copy Copying Two Pages to Fi t onto a Si ngle Page (2-on-1 Copy) Copying Four Pa ges to Fi t onto a Single Pag e (4-on- 1 Copy) Copying without Border s (Borderless Copy) Repeating an I mage on a Page (Image Repeat) Making Multiple Copie s of an En tire Docum ent (Collated Co py) Copying Thick Orig inals Su ch as [...]

  • Pagina 135

    Rejectin g Fax Reception Changing/Deleting the Rejected Number Using the Caller ID Servic e to Rejec t Calls Document Stored in Memory Printing a Documen t in Memory Deleting a Documen t in Memory Saving a Document in Memory to USB Flash Drive Summary of Reports and Lists Using Speed Dial Utility About Speed Dial Util ity Starting Up Sp eed Dial Ut[...]

  • Pagina 136

    No Printing Results/Pri nting Is Blurred/Col ors Are W rong/ W hite St reaks Colors Are Unc lear Lines Are Misaligne d Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Paper Is Sm udged/Pri nted Surfac e Is Scra tched Back of t he Paper Is Smudged Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Pri ntout Colors Are Une ven or Streak ed Printing Doe s Not Start [...]

  • Pagina 137

    Driver) Screen Doe s Not Appea r Scan Quali ty (Image Dis played on th e Monitor) Is Poo r Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra W hite Areas Cannot Sca n Multiple Docum ents at One Time Cannot Sca n Properly in Au to Scan Mode Slow Scann ing Speed "There is not eno ugh memory. " Message Is Displayed Computer Stop s Operating during Scan n[...]

  • Pagina 138

    Using MP Navigator EX A bout Solution Menu Page 138 of 973 pages MX340 se ries Advanced Guide[...]

  • Pagina 139

    Advanced Guide > How to Use This Manual How to Use This Manual Operating th e Contents Pane Operating th e Explanation W indo w Printing This Manual Using Keywords to Find a Document Registeri ng Docum ents to My Manual Symbols Used in This Docum ent Trademar ks Page top Page 139 of 973 pages How to Use This Manual[...]

  • Pagina 140

    Advanced Guide > How to Use This Manual > Operating the Con tents Pane Operating the Contents Pane W h en you cli ck a do cument title di splayed in the con tents pan e found to the lef t of the on -screen manual, the docu ments o f that titl e are dis played in the explanatio n window on the righ t side. W hen you click found to the left of [...]

  • Pagina 141

    Advanced Guide > How to Use This Manual > Operating the Explanation W ind ow Operating the Explanation Windo w Explanation Window (1) Click the green charact ers to ju mp to the correspo nding d ocumen t. (2) The cursor jumps to the top of this docume nt. Window Us ed in Operation Ex planation This on-screen ma nual describes w ith a win dow [...]

  • Pagina 142

    Advanced Guide > How to Use This Manual > Printing This Man ual Printing T his Manual Click to disp lay the prin t pane to the left o f the on-s creen m anual. Note Click to clos e or dis play the pri nt pane. W hen you click and then click Page Setup , the Page Setup dia log box appears . You can the n easily se t up the p aper to be used fo[...]

  • Pagina 143

    Print All Doc uments Note You can sel ect the type to be pri nted, and then eas ily speci fy print set tings on the Print Setup tab. Print Current Document You can print the curren tly displ ayed docum ent. 1. From Select T arget, select Cu rrent Documen t The title of t he curren tly displa yed docume nt is di splayed i n the Docu ments t o Be Pri[...]

  • Pagina 144

    Confirm th e number of pages to be pri nted, and then cl ick Yes. All docu ments with s elected check boxes are print ed. Print My M anual You can sel ect and p rint doc uments registere d in My Manual. For details about My Manual, see " Registering Doc uments to My M anual ." 1. From Select Target, select My Manual The titles o f the doc[...]

  • Pagina 145

    Confirm th e number of pages to be pri nted, and then cl ick Yes. All docu ments a re printed . Important A large am ount of p aper is necess ary to print a ll docu ments. Be fore print ing, be s ure to c heck the numb er of prin t pages d isplayed in the Prin t Page Coun t Confirmat ion dial og box. The Print Preview dialog box allows you to sca l[...]

  • Pagina 146

    Advanced Guide > How to Use This Manual > Using Keywords to Find a Document Using Keywords to Find a Docu ment You can enter a keyword to searc h for a ta rget doc ument. All documents in the currently display ed on-screen manual are search ed. 1. Click The search p ane is displayed to the le ft of the o n-screen manual . Note Click to clos e[...]

  • Pagina 147

    The search i s starte d, and the titles of docum ents c ontainin g the ke yword are displayed in the search res ults list. W h en you execute a s earch b y entering m ultiple keywords, the se arch res ults are displa yed as shown below. [Documen ts Containing Perfect Matc h] Documents cont aining the entire sear ch character string (including space[...]

  • Pagina 148

    Advanced Guide > How to Use This Manual > Registerin g Documents to My Manual Registering Documents to My Manual Register fr equently rea d docum ents as My M anual d ocumen ts so th at you can refer to tho se docu ments easily at a ny time. 1. Display the document Display the docume nt to be a dded to My Manual. 2. Click The My M anual pa ne[...]

  • Pagina 149

    4. Display M y Man ual W h en you doub le-clic k (or se lect and press En ter key) a do cument title dis played in List of My Manual, that doc ument i s disp layed in th e explanation windo w. Note To delete a d ocumen t from Li st of My Manual, select t hat docu ment tit le from th e list, and then click Delete (or p ress Dele te key). Page top Pa[...]

  • Pagina 150

    Advanced Guide > How to Use This Manual > Symbols Used in This Document Symbols Used in This Document Warning Instructi ons tha t, if igno red, cou ld resul t in deat h or serio us pers onal inj ury caused by incorrec t operati on of the eq uipment . These mus t be obs erved for safe operatio n. Caution Instructi ons tha t, if igno red, cou l[...]

  • Pagina 151

    Advanced Guide > How to Use This Manual > Trademarks Tradem arks Microsoft is a registe red tradem ark of Microso ft Corporatio n. W i ndows is a t rademark or regist ered trade mark of Micros oft Corporati on in the U.S. and/or other countries. W i ndows Vista i s a trade mark or re gistered tradema rk of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. a [...]

  • Pagina 152

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer Printing from a Comput er Printing with th e Bundled Applica tion Software Printing with Othe r Applica tion Software Page top Page 152 of 973 pages Printing from a Computer[...]

  • Pagina 153

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing with the Bundled Application Software Printing with the Bundled A pplication Softw are W hat Is Easy-PhotoPrint EX? Printing Photos Creating an Album Printing Calendars Printing Sti ckers Printing L ayout Correcting an d Enhancing Photos Questions and Answers Photo Print Settings Other Sett[...]

  • Pagina 154

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > What Is Easy-PhotoPrint EX? What Is Easy -Phot oPrint EX? Easy-PhotoPrint EX allow s you to crea te albums, calendars a nd stickers easily using pho tos taken with digital cameras . You can also print borderless ph otos easily . Important Easy-Ph[...]

  • Pagina 155

    The Photo Print f unction is availa ble with the fo llowing appl ication s: MP Navigator EX Ver.1.00 or later ZoomBrowser EX Ver.6.0 o r later Digital Pho to Profess ional Ve r.3.2 or la ter Important Easy-PhotoPrint EX is subjec t to the f ollowing rest rictions when started f rom Digita l Photo Profession al: - Menu does not appear in the step bu[...]

  • Pagina 156

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > P rinting Photos Printing Photos Easy -PhotoPrint EX allows y ou to pr int your favorite photos in a variety of lay outs. You can also create bor derless photos easily . Corrections suita ble for photos can be ap plied automatically w hen print i[...]

  • Pagina 157

    Page top Page 157 of 973 pages Printing Photos[...]

  • Pagina 158

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printing Photos > Starting Easy-PhotoP rint EX Starting Easy-PhotoPrint EX 1. From the Start menu, sele ct (All) Programs > Canon Utilities > Easy-PhotoPrint EX > Easy-PhotoPrint EX. Easy-PhotoPrint EX starts and Menu ap pears. Page t[...]

  • Pagina 159

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printing Photos > Selecting a Photo Selecting a Photo 1. Click Photo Print from Menu. The Select Images scre en appears. Important The thumbnails (re duced images ) displayed in the screen may appear as follows: - A black line ap pears al ong [...]

  • Pagina 160

    (Delete Im ported Im age). To delete all images f rom the se lected image area, click (Delete All Imported Images ). To print two or more copies of an im age, cl ick (Up arrow) until th e numbe r of copi es you want is reach ed. To reduce the num ber of co pies sh own in the box, clic k (Down arrow). You can chan ge the o rder of pho tos usi ng the[...]

  • Pagina 161

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printing Photos > Selecting the Paper Selecting the Paper 1. Click Select Pa per. The Select Pap er scree n appears . 2. Set the following items according to the printer and paper to be used: Printer Paper Sourc e Paper Size Media Ty pe Note T[...]

  • Pagina 162

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printing Photos > Printing Printing 1. Click Layout/Print. The Layout/Print s creen ap pears. Important The thumbnails (re duced images ) displayed in the screen may appear as follows: - A black line ap pears al ong an e dge of the image. - An[...]

  • Pagina 163

    Note You can crop images or print d ates on photos. Cropping Ph otos (Photo Print) Printing Dat es on Pho tos (Photo Print) You can corre ct or enha nce the select ed imag e before p rinting. Correcting an d Enhancing Photos You can spec ify advanced Photo Print setting s (numbe r of copi es, prin t quality, e tc.) in th e Preference s dialo g box.[...]

  • Pagina 164

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Crea ting an Album Creating an A lbum Easy-PhotoPrint EX allows you to create your own persona lized photo album. Steps 1. Starting Easy-PhotoPrint EX 2. Selecting the Paper and Lay out 3. Selecting a Photo 4. Editing 5. Printing Try This Correct[...]

  • Pagina 165

    How Can I Move (or Copy ) t he Saved File? W hat Is "C1" or "C4"? Page top Page 165 of 973 pages Creating an Album[...]

  • Pagina 166

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Crea ting an Album > Starting Easy -PhotoPrint EX Starting Easy-PhotoPrint EX 1. From the Start menu, sele ct (All) Programs > Canon Utilities > Easy-PhotoPrint EX > Easy-PhotoPrint EX. Easy-PhotoPrint EX starts and Menu ap pears. Pag[...]

  • Pagina 167

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Crea ting an Album > Selecting the Paper an d Layout Selecting the Paper and L ayout 1. Click Album f rom Menu. The Page Set up screen appears. 2. Set the following items in the General Settings section: Paper Size Orientation Cover Double pag[...]

  • Pagina 168

    4. If you w ant to change the lay out, click Lay out.... The Change Lay out dialog box appears. In the Chan ge Layout di alog bo x, you can change the layout or selec t whether to prin t the dat e (on which the pic ture was take n) on the photo. Note The layouts tha t can be select ed may vary depen ding on t he Paper Si ze, Orientation , Double pa[...]

  • Pagina 169

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Crea ting an Album > Selecting a Photo Selecting a Photo 1. Click Select Imag es. The Select Images scre en appears. 2. Select the folder that contains the image you w ant to print from the folder tree area. The images in the folder will be di[...]

  • Pagina 170

    To delete all images f rom the se lected image area, click (Delete All Imported Images ). Note See Help for details on th e Select Images screen. Page top Page 170 of 973 pages Selecting a Photo[...]

  • Pagina 171

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Crea ting an Album > Editing Editing 1. Click Edit. The Edit screen appears . 2. Edit y our albu m if neces sary. Changing Layout Changing Background Adding Photos Swapping Positions of Photos Replacing Photos Changing Position , Angle an d Si[...]

  • Pagina 172

    C4: Back cover "C2"/"C3" appears o nly when the Lea ve the insi de of fron t cover blan k/Leave the inside of back cover blank check box is selec ted in t he Cover Options dialog box. Saving Note See Help fo r details on the Ed it scree n. Page top Page 172 of 973 pages Editing[...]

  • Pagina 173

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Crea ting an Album > Printing Printing 1. Click Print Settings. The Print Settings screen appears. 2. Set the following items according to the printer and paper to be used: Printer Media Ty pe Copies Paper Sourc e Print Quality Borderless Prin[...]

  • Pagina 174

    3. Click Print. Note See Help fo r details on the Pri nt Setting s scree n. Page top Page 174 of 973 pages Printing[...]

  • Pagina 175

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > P rinting Calendars Printing Calendars Easy-PhotoPrint EX allows you to create your own calend ar using your favorite ph otos. Steps 1. Starting Easy-PhotoPrint EX 2. Selecting the Paper and Lay out 3. Selecting a Photo 4. Editing 5. Printing Try[...]

  • Pagina 176

    Questions and A nswers How Can I Move (or Copy ) t he Saved File? Page top Page 176 of 973 pages Printing Calendars[...]

  • Pagina 177

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printing Calendars > Starting Easy -PhotoPrint EX Starting Easy-PhotoPrint EX 1. From the Start menu, sele ct (All) Programs > Canon Utilities > Easy-PhotoPrint EX > Easy-PhotoPrint EX. Easy-PhotoPrint EX starts and Menu ap pears. Pag[...]

  • Pagina 178

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printing Calendars > Selecting the Paper an d Layout Selecting the Paper and L ayout 1. Click Calendar from Menu. The Page Set up screen appears. 2. Set the following items in the General Settings section: Paper Size Orientation Start from Per[...]

  • Pagina 179

    See Help fo r details on the Pa ge Setup s creen. Page top Page 179 of 973 pages Selecting the Paper and Layout[...]

  • Pagina 180

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printing Calendars > Selecting a Photo Selecting a Photo 1. Click Select Imag es. The Select Images scre en appears. 2. Select the folder that contains the image you w ant to print from the folder tree area. The images in the folder will be di[...]

  • Pagina 181

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printing Calendars > Editing Editing 1. Click Edit. The Edit screen appears . 2. Edit the calend ar if neces sary. Changing Layout Changing Background Adding Photos Swapping Positions of Photos Replacing Photos Changing Position , Angle an d S[...]

  • Pagina 182

    See Help fo r details on the Ed it scree n. Page top Page 182 of 973 pages Editing[...]

  • Pagina 183

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printing Calendars > Printing Printing 1. Click Print Settings. The Print Settings screen appears. 2. Set the following items according to the printer and paper to be used: Printer Media Ty pe Copies Paper Sourc e Print Quality Borderless Prin[...]

  • Pagina 184

    Note See Help fo r details on the Pri nt Setting s scree n. Page top Page 184 of 973 pages Printing[...]

  • Pagina 185

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printin g Stickers Printing Stickers You can print your favorite ph otos on c ompati ble sti cker sh eets. Steps 1. Starting Easy-PhotoPrint EX 2. Selecting the Paper and Lay out 3. Selecting a Photo 4. Editing 5. Printing Try This Correcting an [...]

  • Pagina 186

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printin g Stickers > Starting Easy -PhotoPrint EX Starting Easy-PhotoPrint EX 1. From the Start menu, sele ct (All) Programs > Canon Utilities > Easy-PhotoPrint EX > Easy-PhotoPrint EX. Easy-PhotoPrint EX starts and Menu ap pears. Pag[...]

  • Pagina 187

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printin g Stickers > Selecting the Paper an d Layout Selecting the Paper and L ayout 1. Click Stickers f rom Menu. The Page Set up screen appears. 2. Set the following items in the General Settings section: Paper Size Orientation Print date Us[...]

  • Pagina 188

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printin g Stickers > Selecting a Photo Selecting a Photo 1. Click Select Imag es. The Select Images scre en appears. 2. Select the folder that contains the image you w ant to print from the folder tree area. The images in the folder will be di[...]

  • Pagina 189

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printin g Stickers > Editing Editing 1. Click Edit. The Edit screen appears . 2. Edit the stickers if n ecess ary . Adding Photos Swapping Positions of Photos Replacing Photos Changing Position , Angle an d Size of Photo s Cropping Photos Prin[...]

  • Pagina 190

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printin g Stickers > Printing Printing 1. Click Print Settings. The Print Settings screen appears. 2. Set the following items according to the printer and paper to be used: Printer Media Ty pe Copies Paper Sourc e Print Quality Borderless Prin[...]

  • Pagina 191

    Page top Page 191 of 973 pages Printing[...]

  • Pagina 192

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printin g Layout Printing Lay out You can add text to your favorite photos and print them in a variety of lay outs. Steps 1. Starting Easy-PhotoPrint EX 2. Selecting the Paper and Lay out 3. Selecting a Photo 4. Editing 5. Printing Try This Corre[...]

  • Pagina 193

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printin g Layout > Starting Easy-PhotoP rint EX Starting Easy-PhotoPrint EX 1. From the Start menu, sele ct (All) Programs > Canon Utilities > Easy-PhotoPrint EX > Easy-PhotoPrint EX. Easy-PhotoPrint EX starts and Menu ap pears. Page [...]

  • Pagina 194

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printin g Layout > Selecting the Paper an d Layout Selecting the Paper and L ayout 1. Click Layout Print from Menu. The Page Set up screen appears. 2. Set the following items in the General Settings section: Paper Size Orientation Print date N[...]

  • Pagina 195

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printin g Layout > Selecting a Photo Selecting a Photo 1. Click Select Imag es. The Select Images scre en appears. 2. Select the folder that contains the image you w ant to print from the folder tree area. The images in the folder will be disp[...]

  • Pagina 196

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printin g Layout > Edit ing Editing 1. Click Edit. The Edit screen appears . 2. Edit the lay ou t if necess ary . Changing Layout Adding Photos Swapping Positions of Photos Replacing Photos Changing Position , Angle an d Size of Photo s Croppi[...]

  • Pagina 197

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Printin g Layout > Printing Printing 1. Click Print Settings. The Print Settings screen appears. 2. Set the following items according to the printer and paper to be used: Printer Media Ty pe Copies Paper Sourc e Print Quality Borderless Printi[...]

  • Pagina 198

    Note See Help fo r details on the Pri nt Setting s scree n. Page top Page 198 of 973 pages Printing[...]

  • Pagina 199

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Corre cting and Enhancing Phot os Correcting and Enhancing Photos You can correct and enhance images. Click (Correct/Enha nce Ima ges) in the Selec t Images or Edit s creen, or in the La yout/Print sc reen of Photo Print. You can mak e the fol lo[...]

  • Pagina 200

    Adjusting Images Page top Page 200 of 973 pages Correcting and Enhancing Photos[...]

  • Pagina 201

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Corre cting and Enhancing Phot os > Using the Auto Photo Fix Function Using the A uto Photo Fix Functio n This functi on will autom atical ly analyze the ca ptured sc ene and apply sui table c orrection s. Important The Auto Photo Fix function[...]

  • Pagina 202

    Note If only one ima ge is selected, the thu mbnail list does not app ear below Preview. 3. Make sure that Auto is selected. 4. Click Auto Photo Fix, then click OK. The entire ph oto is c orrected automati cally and the (Correctio n/Enhancement) mar k appears o n the uppe r left of th e image . Note Click (Compare) to di splay the images before an [...]

  • Pagina 203

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Corre cting and Enhancing Phot os > Using the Re d-Eye Correction Function Using the Red-Eye Correction Function You can corre ct red eyes caused by a came ra flash. You can perform the Red-Eye Corre ction fu nction either aut omatic ally or m[...]

  • Pagina 204

    A uto Correction 3. Make sure that Auto is selected. 4. Click Red-Eye Correction. 5. Click OK. Red eyes are corrected and the (Correction /Enhance ment) ma rk appea rs on the upper lef t of the image. Important Areas othe r than the eyes may be corrected dependi ng on the image. Note Click (Compare) to di splay the images before an d after the corr[...]

  • Pagina 205

    Red eye is c orrected and the (Correction /Enhance ment) ma rk appea rs on the upper lef t of the image. Note Click (Compare) to di splay the images before an d after the correcti on side by side s o that you can co mpare an d chec k the res ult. Click Und o to undo the prec eding c orrection operation . 6. Click Save Selected Image or Save All Cor[...]

  • Pagina 206

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Corre cting and Enhancing Phot os > Using the Fac e Brightener Function Using the Face Brightener Function You can brigh ten dark faces c aused b y bright bac kground . Note You can brigh ten dark photos c aused by bright bac kground automa ti[...]

  • Pagina 207

    4. Click Face Brightener. Note Effect level s can b e change d using the sli der belo w Face Brightene r. Move the cursor over th e image . The shape o f the cu rsor chan ges to (Cr oss). 5. Drag to select the are a y ou want to correct, then c lick OK that appea rs over the image. The entire im age is corrected so that the sel ected are a contai n[...]

  • Pagina 208

    Page top Page 208 of 973 pages Using the Face Brightener Function[...]

  • Pagina 209

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Corre cting and Enhancing Phot os > Using the Face Sharp ener Function Using the Face Sharpener Functio n You can shar pen out-of -focus fa ces in a photo. You can perform the Fac e Sharpen er functi on either automati cally or m anually. 1. S[...]

  • Pagina 210

    4. Click Face Sharpene r. Note Effect level s can b e change d using the sli der belo w Face Sharpene r. 5. Click OK. The face is sharpen ed and th e (Correction /Enhance ment) ma rk appea rs on the upper le ft of the image. Note Click (Compare) to di splay the images before an d after the correcti on side by side s o that you can co mpare an d che[...]

  • Pagina 211

    The facial area in and a round the selected area is sharpened and the (Correction/ Enhancem ent) mark appears on the u pper left of the im age. Note You can als o drag to ro tate the s electe d area. Click (Compare) to di splay the images before an d after the correcti on side by side s o that you can co mpare an d chec k the res ult. Click Und o t[...]

  • Pagina 212

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Corre cting and Enhancing Phot os > Using the Digital Face Smoothing Function Using the Digital Face Smoothing Function You can enhance skin beautifully by removing blemishes and wrinkles. You can perform the Digi tal Face Smoothi ng functi on[...]

  • Pagina 213

    4. Click Digital Face Smoothing. Note Effect level s can b e change d using the sli der belo w Digital Face Smoothin g. 5. Click OK. Skin is enhance d beauti fully and th e (Correctio n/Enhanc ement) m ark appe ars on the upper le ft of the im age. Note Click (Compa re) to display th e images before and after t he enhancement sid e by side so that [...]

  • Pagina 214

    Skin in a nd aroun d the sel ected a rea is en hanced beautifu lly and the (Correction/ Enhancem ent) mark ap pears on the upper left of th e image . Note You can als o drag to ro tate the s electe d area. Click (Compa re) to display th e images before and after t he enhancement sid e by side so that you ca n compa re and ch eck the result. Click U[...]

  • Pagina 215

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Corre cting and Enhancing Phot os > Using the Ble mish Remover Function Using the Blemish Remover Function You can remo ve moles. 1. Select pho tos in the Select Image s screen , then click (Correct/Enhanc e Images). The Correct/Enhance Images[...]

  • Pagina 216

    Note Move the cursor over th e image . The shape o f the cu rsor chan ges to (Cr oss). 5. Drag to select the area y ou want to enhance, then click OK that appears over the image. Moles in and a round the select ed area a re removed an d the (Correction/Enh anceme nt) mark appears on the upper left of the image. Note Click (Compa re) to display th e[...]

  • Pagina 217

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Corre cting and Enhancing Phot os > Adjusting Images A djusting Images You can mak e fine ad justme nts to th e overall bri ghtness , contra st, etc. of image s. 1. Select pho tos in the Select Image s screen , then click (Correct/Enhanc e Ima[...]

  • Pagina 218

    Sharpness Blur Show-through Remo val Note Click (Compa re) to display th e images before and after t he adjustment side by side so that you can co mpare an d chec k the res ult. Click Defaults to reset all adjustments. 5. Click Save Selected Image or Save All Corrected Im ages. You can save adjusted images as n ew files. Note To save only the im ag[...]

  • Pagina 219

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Corre cting and Enhancing Phot os > Correct/Enhan ce Images W in dow Correct/Enhance Images Window You can correct/enhan ce images in this w indow. To display the Correct/Enha nce Ima ges window, clic k (Correct/Enh ance Im ages) in the Sele c[...]

  • Pagina 220

    (2)Task A rea Available ta sks an d settin gs may vary between th e Auto and Manual tabs. Click Aut o or Manual to di splay the c orrespo nding tab . A uto Tab Use the fu nctions in the Au to tab to apply correc tions a nd enhan cement s to the e ntire im age. A uto Photo Fix Applies automatic co rrections suitable for photo s. Important The Auto P[...]

  • Pagina 221

    Select th is chec kbox to apply co rrection s primari ly based o n the se ttings m ade at th e time o f shooting. Deselect this checkbox to apply corre ctions based on the im age analysis resu lts. It is recommend ed that you n ormally select this set ting. Note Exif is a standard forma t for embedding various shootin g data in digital camer a imag[...]

  • Pagina 222

    Brightness Adjusts the overall image brightness. Move the slider to the left t o darken and right to bright en the im age. Contrast Adjusts the cont rast of th e image . Adjust th e contra st when the im age is flat due to lack of contra st. Move the slider to the left t o decrea se and ri ght to in crease t he contra st of the image. Sharpness Emp[...]

  • Pagina 223

    Red-Eye Correction Corrects re d eyes in th e selec ted area . You can adju st the ef fect level using th e slide r. Note For Photo Pri nt, red eyes are autom aticall y corrected when printing by select ing Enabl e Auto Photo Fix in Color correctio n for prin ting on t he Advanced tab of the Preference s dial og box and select ing the En able Red-E[...]

  • Pagina 224

    Page top Page 224 of 973 pages Correct/Enhance Images Window[...]

  • Pagina 225

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Questions and Answe rs Questions and A nsw ers How Can I Move (or Copy ) t he Saved File? W h ich Side of the Dis played Ima ge Does t he Printin g Start from? How Do I Print with Even Marg ins? W hat Is "C1" or "C4"? Page top[...]

  • Pagina 226

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Questions and Answers > How Can I Move (or Copy) the Saved File? How Can I Move (or Copy) the Sav ed File? If you want to move ( or copy) a file created and saved with Easy -PhotoPrint EX from one folder to another, you need to move (or cop y)[...]

  • Pagina 227

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Questions and Answers > W hi ch Side of the Displ ayed Image Does the Printing Start from? Which Side of the Displayed Image Does the Printing Start from? As shown belo w, printing sta rts from the left s ide of th e image displa yed in the L [...]

  • Pagina 228

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Questions and Answers > How Do I Print with Even Margins? How Do I Print w ith Even Margins? W h en you print on a bord ered layout, the marg ins on th e left an d right o r the top a nd bottom may beco me wider than the other, depending on th[...]

  • Pagina 229

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Questions and Answers > W ha t Is "C1" or " C4"? What Is "C1" or "C4"? W hen an album is pr inted, labels such as "C1" an d "C4" are printed as page numbers. The "C1" and &q[...]

  • Pagina 230

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > P hoto Print Settings Photo Print Settings Printing Vivid Photos Reducing Photo Noise Cropping Ph otos (Photo Print) Printing Dat es on Pho tos (Photo Print) Printing Multipl e Photos on One Page Printing a n Index Printing ID Ph otos (ID Pho to [...]

  • Pagina 231

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Photo Print Settings > Printing Vivid Pho tos Printing Viv id Photo s Select th e Vivid Photo checkb ox in the Selec t Paper sc reen to b oost the colors i n a phot o before p rinting. Important This functi on is avai lable on ly with a printe[...]

  • Pagina 232

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Photo Print Settings > Reducing Photo Noise Reducing Photo Noise W hen a photo is taken in a dark location such as night scen e using digital camera, noise may appe ar in the image. Select th e Photo Nois e Reduct ion che ckbox in the Se lect [...]

  • Pagina 233

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Photo Print Settings > Cropping Photos (Photo P rint) Cropping Photos (Pho to Print) Cropping a photo is the act of removing the unne cessa ry portions o f the pho to by selec ting the necessa ry portions. Click (Crop Ima ge) in the Layout/Pri[...]

  • Pagina 234

    Page top Page 234 of 973 pages Cropping Photos (Photo Print)[...]

  • Pagina 235

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Photo Print Settings > Printing Dates on Ph otos (Photo Print) Printing Dates on Photos (Phot o Print) To print the d ate the ph oto was taken on the p hoto, cl ick (Date Sett ings) in the Layout/ Print scre en, then sel ect the Print date c h[...]

  • Pagina 236

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Photo Print Settings > Printing M ultiple Photos on One Pa ge Printing Multiple Photos on O ne Page You can print multipl e photos on one page by sel ecting a multi ple-photo layout in t he Layout/Prin t screen . Note See the follow ing sectio[...]

  • Pagina 237

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Photo Print Settings > Printing an Ind ex Printing an Index You can print an index of sel ected p hotos. An index print sho ws the thumbn ails of the phot os in on e page. It i s conveni ent for m anaging your photos. To print an in dex, selec[...]

  • Pagina 238

    Page top Page 238 of 973 pages Printing an Index[...]

  • Pagina 239

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Photo Print Settings > Printing ID Ph otos (ID Pho to Print) Printing ID Photos (ID Photo Print) You can print a variety of ID photos. Important The photo ma y not quali fy as an offi cial ID p hoto dep ending o n its us e. For detail s, cont [...]

  • Pagina 240

    To display the Preference s dialo g box, click (Settings) or selec t Preferenc es... from the Fil e menu. ID photos can onl y be printed on 4"x6" 10x15cm pa per. Page top Page 240 of 973 pages Printing ID Photos (ID Photo Print)[...]

  • Pagina 241

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Photo Print Settings > Printing Phot o Information Printing Photo Informat ion You can print the photo and the Exif information side by si de. To print them , selec t Letter 8. 5"x11" or A4 for Pap er Size in the Select Pa per scre e[...]

  • Pagina 242

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Photo Print Settings > Saving Photos Sav ing Photos You can save ed ited pho tos. The info rmation of croppi ng and l ayout can b e saved. Click Save in the Layou t/Print screen. W h en the Save As dialog box appears, s pecify the save loca ti[...]

  • Pagina 243

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Photo Print Settings > Opening Saved Fil es Opening S aved Fi les You can open files c reated with Eas y-PhotoPrint EX. 1. Click Library from Menu. The Open dialog box appears. You can check files created and saved with Easy-PhotoPrint EX by i[...]

  • Pagina 244

    You can als o open a recently us ed file by clicki ng the fi le name shown in the File me nu. Page top Page 244 of 973 pages Opening Saved Files[...]

  • Pagina 245

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings Other Settings Changing Layout Changi ng Background Adding Photos Swapping Positions of Photos Replacing Photos Changing Position , Angle an d Size of Photo s Cropping Photos Framing Photos Printing Dates on Pho tos Attaching Comme[...]

  • Pagina 246

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings > Changing Lay out Changing Lay out You can change the lay out of each page separately. Select the page you w ant to change the layout of in the Edit scree n, then click (Change Layout) . Select th e layout you want to u se in t[...]

  • Pagina 247

    Important The layouts of a ll page s are ch anged to the sele cted la yout. All imag es that d o not fit in the ne w layout will be col lected o n the las t page. Note The layouts tha t can be select ed may vary depen ding on t he Paper Si ze and Orientat ion. Lay out Print Important If the new layout h as a di fferent num ber of fra mes per page f[...]

  • Pagina 248

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings > Changing Background Changing Backgroun d You can change the background of each page. Important You cannot change the background of t he Photo Print, Stickers, and Layou t Print. Click Bac kground ... in the Page Setup screen o[...]

  • Pagina 249

    Click Search backgrounds... to acce ss the Canon w ebsite from w hich you can dow nload add itional material s for free . Internet c onnecti on is re quired to acces s the website . Internet connect ion fees apply. This function may no t be available in some regions. Exit Easy-PhotoPrint EX before i nstall ing back grounds . When Single color Is Se[...]

  • Pagina 250

    Note See Help fo r details on how to set the back ground i n the Chan ge Backg round di alog box. Page top Page 250 of 973 pages Changing Background[...]

  • Pagina 251

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings > Adding Photos A ddi ng Photos You can add images to p ages. Select th e page you want to add phot os in th e Edit sc reen, the n click (Add Im age). Note The screens for Album pr inting are used as ex amples in the follow ing [...]

  • Pagina 252

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings > Swapping Pos itions of Photos Swapping Positio ns of Photos You can swap t he positions of images. Click (Sw ap Image Positions) in the Edit screen. Note The screens for Album pr inting are used as ex amples in the follow ing [...]

  • Pagina 253

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings > Replacing Photos Replacing Photos Y ou can rep lace an image with another image. Select th e image you want to replac e in the Edit sc reen, then click (Replace Se lected Image). Select th e folder c ontaini ng the im age you [...]

  • Pagina 254

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings > Changin g Position, Angle and Size of Photos Changing Position, A ngle and Size of Photos You can adjust the position , angle and size of images. Select th e image of which you want to c hange th e positi on or si ze in the Ed[...]

  • Pagina 255

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings > Cropping Photos Cropping Pho tos Cropping a n image is the a ct of rem oving the u nneces sary portion s of the i mage by s electin g the necessa ry portions. Select th e image you want to crop i n the Edit screen and cli ck ([...]

  • Pagina 256

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings > F raming Photos Framing Photos You can add frames to image s. Important You cannot ad d frames to imag es in Ph oto Print, Sti ckers, and Layout Print. Select th e image you want to frame in the Edi t screen and cli ck (Edit I[...]

  • Pagina 257

    selected page at one time. Various frames are available on our w ebsite besides those saved in th e application. Click Search fr ames... to access the Cano n website from which you can download additional material s for free . Internet c onnecti on is re quired to acces s the website . Internet connect ion fees apply. This function may no t be avai[...]

  • Pagina 258

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings > Printing Dates on Photos Printing Dates on Photos You can print dates on images. Select th e image you want to print t he date i n the Edit screen and cli ck (Ed it Image ) or doubl e-clic k the image. Click th e Date tab i n [...]

  • Pagina 259

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings > Attaching Comments to Photos A ttaching Comments to Photo s You can attach commen ts to images and display them in yo ur album. The photo n ame, shooting date and com ments a re displ ayed (from to p to bott om) in a commen t [...]

  • Pagina 260

    Select th e Show comme nt box checkb ox. Select th e check boxes of the i tems you want to display, a nd enter c ommen ts. Set the si ze and col or of font, and pos ition of the com ments, e tc., then click OK. Note See Help for details on co mments. Page top Page 260 of 973 pages Attaching Comments to Phot os[...]

  • Pagina 261

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings > Adding Text to Photos A dding Text to Photos You can add text to photos. Click (Add Text) in the Edit screen and drag the m ouse over the area in which you want to add text. Note The screens for Album pr inting are used as ex [...]

  • Pagina 262

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings > Saving Saving You can save ed ited ite ms. Click Save i n the Edit or Print Sett ings sc reen. Note The screens for Album pr inting are used as ex amples in the follow ing descriptions. The scr eens may vary depending on what [...]

  • Pagina 263

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings > Setting Holidays Setting Holidays You can add h olidays to your calen dar. Click Set Holidays... in the Pag e Setup sc reen of Ca lendar, o r click (Setup Perio d/Holiday) in the Edit scre en and c lick Se t Holidays... in the[...]

  • Pagina 264

    Enter the n ame in Ho liday Name a nd spec ify the date . Select th e Set as Hol iday chec kbox to displ ay that day as a holid ay in your cale ndar. Note See Help fo r details on eac h dialog box. Page top Page 264 of 973 pages Setting Holidays[...]

  • Pagina 265

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings > Setting Calenda r Display Setting Calendar Display You can cus tomize the calenda r displ ay (fonts, li nes, co lors, pos ition, size, etc.). Click Set tings... in the Pag e Setup sc reen of Ca lendar, o r select a calen dar i[...]

  • Pagina 266

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printin g with the Bundled App lication Software > Other Settings > O pening Saved Files Opening S aved Fi les You can open files c reated with Eas y-PhotoPrint EX. 1. Click Library from Menu. The Open dialog box appears. You can check files created and saved with Easy-PhotoPrint EX by icon vi[...]

  • Pagina 267

    Editing Album Editing Cal endar Editing Stickers Editing Lay out Print Note You can open files c reated with Eas y-PhotoPrint EX with the fol lowing metho ds, besi des from Library in Menu. - Double-c lick or click the file . - From the File menu, click Open..., then select the file you want to edit. You can als o open a recently us ed file by clic[...]

  • Pagina 268

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing with Other Application Software Printing with Other A pplication Software Various Pri nting Methods Changing the Print Qual ity and Correc ting Ima ge Data Overview of the Printer Driver Page top Page 268 of 973 pages Printing with Other Application Softwa re[...]

  • Pagina 269

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods Various Printing Methods Printing with Eas y Setup Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting th e Number o f Copies a nd Printin g Order Setting th e Stapling Margin Borderless Printing Fit-to-Page Printing Scaled Printing Pag[...]

  • Pagina 270

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Printing with Easy Setup Printing with Easy S etup The simple setup pr ocedure for carry ing out appropr iate printing on this ma chine, is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Select a frequently used pro[...]

  • Pagina 271

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting a Page Size and Orientation The paper si ze and orien tation are essen tially dete rmined b y the applic ation. W hen the page size and orientati on set fo r Page Size an d Orient[...]

  • Pagina 272

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Setting the Number of Co pies and Printin g Order Setting the Number of Co pies and Printing Order Default Setting Print from Last Page Collate Print from Last Page + Collate The procedure for specifying the number of copie[...]

  • Pagina 273

    Uncheck this c heck bo x to print all pa ges with the s ame pa ge numb er togethe r. 5. Complete the s etup Click OK. W h en you execute pri nt, the s pecifie d numbe r of copi es will be pri nted with the s pecifi ed printi ng order. Important W h en the ap plicati on software tha t you used to create the doc ument ha s the sa me func tion, gi ve [...]

  • Pagina 274

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Setting the Stapling Margi n Setting the Stapling Margin The procedure for setting the staple side a nd the margin w idth is as follow s: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Specify the side to be stapled Check the p[...]

  • Pagina 275

    Note The printer au tomatically reduce s the print area de pending on the sta ple position margin. 4. Complete the s etup Click OK on the Page Setup tab. W h en you execute pri nt, the da ta is pri nted with the s pecifi ed stapl e side and marg in width. Important Staple Sid e and Spec ify Margin... appea r grayed out a nd are un available when: B[...]

  • Pagina 276

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Borderless Printin g Borderless Printing The borderles s printi ng funct ion allo ws you to print da ta without any ma rgin by enl arging the data so that it extends sli ghtly off the paper. W itho ut the bo rderless printi[...]

  • Pagina 277

    Check the Page Size li st. W hen you want to c hange, s elect a nother pa ge size from the li st. The list displays on ly sizes that ca n be used for border less printing. 4. Adjust the amount of extension f rom the paper If neces sary, adjus t the am ount of e xtension usin g the Amo unt of Extension slider. Moving the slide r to the rig ht incre [...]

  • Pagina 278

    Page top Page 278 of 973 pages Borderless Printing[...]

  • Pagina 279

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Fit- to-Page Printing Fit-to-Page Printing The procedure for printi ng a doc ument th at is au tomatic ally enlarg ed or redu ced to fi t the pag e size to b e used is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. [...]

  • Pagina 280

    5. Complete the s etup Click OK. W h en you execute pri nt, the do cument will be enlar ged or redu ced to f it to the p age size. Page top Page 280 of 973 pages Fit-to-Page Printing[...]

  • Pagina 281

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Scaled Printing Scaled Printing The procedure for printing a document with page s enlarged or red uced is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set scaled printing Select Sc aled from the Page Layout lis t [...]

  • Pagina 282

    Specify a scaling factor Directly type in a value into the Scaling box . The current s ettings are disp layed in the setting s preview on the left sid e of the p rinter driver. 5. Complete the s etup Click OK. W h en you execute pri nt, the do cument will be printe d with the spe cified scale. Important W h en the ap plicati on software with which [...]

  • Pagina 283

    Selectin g Scaled change s the pri ntable are a of the d ocumen t. Page top Page 283 of 973 pages Scaled Printing[...]

  • Pagina 284

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Page Layout Printing Page Layo ut Printing The page layout printing functio n allows you to p rint more than one page im age on a single sheet o f paper. The procedure for perform ing pag e layout pri nting is as foll ows: [...]

  • Pagina 285

    Pages To change th e numbe r of pages to be pri nted on a singl e sheet o f paper, s elect t he numbe r of pages from the list. You can als o set 2-Pag e Print or 4 -Page Print o n the Quic k Setup ta b. Page Order To change th e page a rrangemen t order, se lect an icon fro m the li st to ch ange the page pla cement order. Page Border To print a p[...]

  • Pagina 286

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Poster Printing Poster Printing The poster pri nting fu nction a llows you to enl arge ima ge data, divide it i nto several pages, and print these pa ges on s eparate sheets of paper. W hen the page s are pa sted toge ther,[...]

  • Pagina 287

    4. Set the number of im age divisions and the pages to be printed If neces sary, clic k Speci fy..., speci fy the follo wing setting s in the Poster Print ing dial og box, and the n click OK. Image Divisions Select th e numbe r of divisio ns (vertica l x horizontal). As t he numbe r of divisi ons inc reases , the number of sheet s used for printing[...]

  • Pagina 288

    Note Click the deleted pages t o display them a gain. Right-cli ck the s ettings preview to selec t Print al l pages or Delete a ll page s. 2. Complete the s etup After comp leting t he page s electi on, cli ck OK. W h en you execute pri nt, only sp ecified pages will b e printed . Important W h en Poster is sel ected, th e Duplex Printing, Staple [...]

  • Pagina 289

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Booklet Printing Booklet Printing The booklet printing functio n allows you to p rint data for a book let. Data is printe d on both sides of the paper. This t ype of printi ng ensu res that p ages c an be co llated p roperl[...]

  • Pagina 290

    Margin for stapling Select w hich side should the stap ling margin be on w hen the b ooklet is completed. Insert blank page To leave one si de of a s heet bl ank, ch eck the check box, and selec t the pag e to be l eft blank . Margin Enter the m argin width. The s pecifie d width from th e center of the sh eet beco mes the margin width for one page[...]

  • Pagina 291

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Duplex Printi ng Duplex Printing The procedure for printing data on both sides of a sheet of pap er is as follows: You can als o set dup lex printing in Addition al Feature s on the Quick Set up tab. 1. Open the printer dri[...]

  • Pagina 292

    Click OK on the Page Setup tab. W h en you execute pri nt, the do cument is first printed o n one si de of a s heet of p aper. After one sid e is print ed, reload the pap er correct ly accordi ng to the messa ge. Then click OK to print t he oppos ite sid e. Important If a medi a type other than Plai n Paper is selec ted for Media Type, Duplex Print[...]

  • Pagina 293

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Stamp/Background Printin g Stamp/Background Printing Stamp or Ba ckgroun d may be un available when certain p rinter drivers are use d. The Stamp func tion al lows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behi nd docu [...]

  • Pagina 294

    3. Select a stamp Check the Stamp c heck bo x, and select the stam p to be u sed from the lis t. The current s ettings are disp layed in the setting s preview on the left sid e of the Pa ge Setup ta b. 4. Set the stamp de tails If neces sary, spec ify the foll owing settin gs, and t hen cli ck OK. Define Stamp... button To change th e stamp text, b[...]

  • Pagina 295

    Click OK on the Page Setup tab. W h en you execute pri nt, the da ta is pri nted with the s pecifi ed back ground. Important W h en Borderle ss is select ed, the Sta mp/Back ground... (Stamp...) bu tton app ears grayed o ut and i s unavailable. Note The stamp and b ackground are not pr inted on blank sheets inserte d with the Insert blank page func[...]

  • Pagina 296

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Stamp/Background Printin g > Registerin g a Stamp Registering a Stamp This feature may be unavai lable when c ertain pri nter drivers a re used. You can crea te and reg ister a n ew stamp. You can also c hange an d regis[...]

  • Pagina 297

    3. Click Defin e Stamp... The Stamp Setti ngs dia log box opens. 4. Configure the stamp while view ing the preview w indow Stamp tab Select Text, Bitmap, o r Date/Time/Use r Name that matche s your purpo se for Stam p Type. For Text registration, the chara cters m ust alre ady be entere d in Stam p Text. If necessar y, change the TrueTyp e Font, St[...]

  • Pagina 298

    Check the Stamp c heck bo x in the Stamp/Ba ckgroun d (Stamp) di alog bo x, and then sel ect the t itle of the stam p to be c hanged from the St amp lis t. 2. Click Defin e Stamp... The Stamp Setti ngs dia log box opens. 3. Configure the stamp while view ing the preview w indow 4. Overwrite sav e the st amp Click Save overwrite on the Save settings[...]

  • Pagina 299

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Stamp/Background Printin g > Registerin g Image Data to be Used as a Backgroun d Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background This feature may be unavai lable when c ertain pri nter drivers a re used. You can sel ec[...]

  • Pagina 300

    3. Click Select Ba ckgroun d... The Backgrou nd Setting s dialo g box opens. 4. Select the image data to be registered to the background Click Select File.... Select the target bitmap file (. bmp), and then click Open. 5. Specify the follow ing settings while view ing the preview w indow Layout Method Select ho w the backgro und ima ge data i s to [...]

  • Pagina 301

    title, enter a new title in the Title box and cli ck Save. Click OK when the confirmation message appe ars. 5. Complete the s etup Click OK. The Stam p/Backg round di alog box opens again. The registere d title a ppears i n the Back ground l ist. Deleting an Unneces sary Back ground 1. Click Select Background... in the Stam p/Background dialog box [...]

  • Pagina 302

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Printing an E nvelope Printing an Envelope If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Status Monitor" with "Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor" when reading this in formatio n. For detail s on h[...]

  • Pagina 303

    5. Select the pap er size Select Com m.Env. #10, DL Env., Youkei 4 10 5x235mm, or Youkei 6 98x190mm i n the Envelo pe Size Setting di alog bo x, and then cli ck OK. 6. Set the orientation To print the a ddresse e horizontal ly, select Landsc ape for Orie ntation. 7. Select the print quality Select Hig h or Standa rd that ma tches you r purpose for [...]

  • Pagina 304

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Displaying the Print Results befo re Printing Displaying the Print Results before Printing You can dis play and ch eck the print res ult befo re printin g. The procedure for displaying the pr int result before printing is a[...]

  • Pagina 305

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Various Printing Methods > Setting Paper Dimen sions (Custom Size) Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size) You can spec ify the hei ght and width of paper when i ts size ca nnot be s electe d from the Page Size. Suc h a paper s ize is ca lled "c [...]

  • Pagina 306

    4. Set the custom paper size Specify Units, and enter the W idth and Height of the paper to be used. Then click OK. 5. Complete the s etup Click OK on the Page Setup tab. W h en you execute pri nt, the da ta is pri nted with the s pecifi ed paper size. Page top Page 306 of 973 pages Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)[...]

  • Pagina 307

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Changing the Print Qu ality and Correcting Image Data Selectin g a Combi nation o f the Print Qua lity Level an d a Halfton ing Method Printing a Color Docum ent in Monoch rome Specifying Color Correc[...]

  • Pagina 308

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Selecting a Co mbination of the Print Quality Level and a Halftonin g Method Selecting a Combination of t he Print Quality Lev el and a Halftoning Metho d You can indi vidually set the com bined [...]

  • Pagina 309

    3. Setting the print quality and halftone expression m ethod Move the Quality slider to select the quality level. Select th e expression m ethod in Halftonin g and c lick OK. Note Halftones refer to c olor sha des between th e darkes t color and the b rightest color. The printer re places the color shade s with a collection of small dots to expre s[...]

  • Pagina 310

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Printing a Color Document in M onochrome Printing a Col or Document in Monochrome The procedure for printing a color docum ent in monochrom e is as follows: You can als o set a g rayscale p rinti[...]

  • Pagina 311

    During Grayscale Printing, color inks m ay be used as well as black ink. Page top Page 311 of 973 pages Printing a Color Document in Monochrome[...]

  • Pagina 312

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Specif y ing Color Correction Specifyi ng Color Correction You can spec ify the co lor correc tion me thod sui ted to th e type of doc ument t o be print ed. Normally, the printer dr iver adjust [...]

  • Pagina 313

    Driver Match ing By using Cano n Digital Photo Color, you can pri nt sRGB data with c olor tint s that m ost peop le prefer. Driver Matching is t he defau lt settin g for col or correc tion. ICM/ICC Profile Matching Adjusts the colo rs by usin g an ICC profi le when printi ng. Specify the input prof ile to be used. None The printer dri ver does no [...]

  • Pagina 314

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Specif y ing Color Correction > Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data W hen people print images taken with d igital cameras, they sometimes feel that the p [...]

  • Pagina 315

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Specif y ing Color Correction > Adjusting Co lors with the Printer Driver A djusting Colors with th e Printer Driv er You can spec ify the co lor correc tion fun ction of the print er driver t[...]

  • Pagina 316

    6. Set the other items If neces sary, clic k Color Ad justmen t tab, and adjust the col or balanc e (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) and adjust Bri ghtness , Intens ity, and Contra st setti ngs, an d then cl ick OK. 7. Complete the s etup Click OK on the Main tab. W h en you execute pri nt, the pri nter driver ad justs t he colo rs when printin g the dat a.[...]

  • Pagina 317

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Specif y ing Color Correction > Printing with ICC Profil es Printing w ith ICC Profiles W h en the im age dat a has a s pecifi ed input ICC profile, you can pri nt by using the col or space (A[...]

  • Pagina 318

    Click Matchin g tab, and selec t None for Col or Correctio n. 6. Set the other items If neces sary, clic k Color Ad justmen t tab, and adjust the col or balanc e (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) and adjust Bri ghtness , Intens ity, and Contra st setti ngs, an d then cl ick OK. 7. Complete the s etup Click OK on the Main tab. W h en you execute pri nt, the p[...]

  • Pagina 319

    3. Select the print quality For Print Qual ity, selec t High, Stan dard, or Fas t acco rding to you r purpose . 4. Select the man ual color adjus tment Select Manual for Color/Intensity , and click Set.... Manual Color Adju stment d ialog b ox opens. 5. Select color co rrection Click Matching tab, and select ICM or ICC Profile Matching for Color Co[...]

  • Pagina 320

    Select Adobe RGB (1998). Important W h en the ap plicati on software s pecifie s an inp ut profil e, the inp ut profil e settin g of the p rinter driver becom es inval id. W h en no in put ICC profil es are i nstalle d on your co mputer, Ad obe RGB (1998) i s not di splayed. You can ins tall ICC profi les from the Setup CD-ROM that accompan ies the[...]

  • Pagina 321

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Adjusting Co lor Balance A djusting Color Balance You can adju st the c olor tints when printin g. Since thi s funct ion adju sts co lor balan ce of th e output b y changing the ink ratios o f ea[...]

  • Pagina 322

    There are indi vidual sl iders for Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow. Each color b ecomes stronge r when the corres ponding slider is mo ved to the right, and becomes weaker when the corr esponding slider is moved to th e left. For example, when cyan be comes weaker, the co lor red be comes stronger. You can als o directl y enter a value linked to the s li[...]

  • Pagina 323

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Adjusting Brightn ess A djusting Brightness You can chan ge the b rightnes s of the o verall ima ge data d uring pri nting. This functi on does not chan ge pure white o r pure bla ck but it chang[...]

  • Pagina 324

    4. Complete the s etup Click OK on the Main tab. W h en you execute pri nt, the da ta is pri nted at th e spec ified bri ghtness . Related Topics Selectin g a Combi nation o f the Print Qua lity Level an d a Halfton ing Method Specifying Color Correcti on Adjusting Color Balance Adjustin g Intens ity Adjusting Contrast Page top Page 324 of 973 page[...]

  • Pagina 325

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Adjusting Intensi ty A djusting Intensity You can dilu te (bright en) or inte nsify (dark en) the co lors of t he overall i mage da ta during printing . The following sample sh ows the case when [...]

  • Pagina 326

    Important Adjust th e slide r graduall y. 4. Complete the s etup Click OK on the Main tab. W h en you execute pri nt, the im age dat a is prin ted with the ad justed intensi ty. Related Topics Selectin g a Combi nation o f the Print Qua lity Level an d a Halfton ing Method Specifying Color Correcti on Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Ad[...]

  • Pagina 327

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Adjusting Co ntrast A djusting Contrast You can adju st the im age co ntrast du ring print ing. To make the differenc es between th e light and dark portions of imag es greate r and mo re distin [...]

  • Pagina 328

    Important Adjust th e slide r graduall y. 4. Complete the s etup Click OK on the Main tab. W h en you execute pri nt, the im age is printed with th e adjus ted cont rast. Related Topics Selectin g a Combi nation o f the Print Qua lity Level an d a Halfton ing Method Specifying Color Correcti on Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjustin [...]

  • Pagina 329

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Simulating an Ill ustration Simulating an Illustration This feature is unavail able when the XPS printer driver is used. W i th the Sim ulate Il lustrati on funct ion, you ca n print fu ll-color [...]

  • Pagina 330

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Represe nting Image Data with a Single Col or Representing Image Data wit h a Single Color This feature is unavail able when the XPS printer driver is used. W i th the Monochro me Effect s functi[...]

  • Pagina 331

    W h en the Graysc ale Printi ng chec k box on the Main tab is chec ked, Monochro me Effec ts appea rs grayed out and is unav ailable. Page top Page 331 of 973 pages Represen ting Image Dat a with a Single Color[...]

  • Pagina 332

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Presenting Image Data with Vivid Colors Presenting Image Data with Vivid Colors This feature is unavail able when the XPS printer driver is used. The Vivid Photo fu nction a llows you to pri nt i[...]

  • Pagina 333

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Smoothing Jagged Outlines Smoothing Jagged O utlines This feature is unavail able when the XPS printer driver is used. The Image Optimizer func tion reduces the jagged outlines that are produc ed[...]

  • Pagina 334

    Page top Page 334 of 973 pages Smoothing Jagged Outlines[...]

  • Pagina 335

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Changing Color Properties to Improve Coloration Changing Colo r Properties to Improv e Coloration This feature is unavail able when the XPS printer driver is used. The Photo Optimi zer PRO functi[...]

  • Pagina 336

    W h en you execute pri nt, the pri nter corre cts the photo co loring an d prints out the p hotos. Important Photo Optim izer PRO does not functio n when: Backgrou nd is s et in the Stamp/Bac kground dialog b ox on the Page Set up tab. Define Stam p... is s electe d in the Stamp/Back ground d ialog b ox on the Page Setu p tab, an d the bitmapped st[...]

  • Pagina 337

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data > Reducing Photo Noise Reducing Photo Noise This feature is unavail able when the XPS printer driver is used. W i th the Pho to Noise Re duction functio n, you can re duce the digital camera noise [...]

  • Pagina 338

    It is rec ommend ed to se lect Norm al for mo st case s. Selec t Strong if you have sele cted Norm al and the noise still both ers you. Depending on application softwar e or resolution of image d ata, effects of digital camera noise reductio n may not b e obvious. W h en this function is us ed for othe r than pho tos tak en by digit al came ras, im[...]

  • Pagina 339

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Overv iew of the Printer Driver Ov ervi ew of the Printer Driver Printer Driver Operat ions Canon IJ Printer Driver XPS Printer Driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup W indow Maintenance T ab Canon IJ Status M onitor Canon IJ Preview Page top Page [...]

  • Pagina 340

    MA-6017-V1.00 | Instructions for Use (Prin ter Driver) | How to Use This Manual | Printing This Manual | Various Printing Method s Printing with Eas y Setup Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting th e Number o f Copies a nd Printin g Order Setting th e Stapling Margin Borderless Printing Fit-to-Page Printing Scaled Printing Page Layout Pri nti[...]

  • Pagina 341

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Overview of the Printer Driv er > Canon IJ Printer Driver Canon IJ Printer Driv er The Canon IJ p rinter driver i s software tha t is ins talled on your com puter for p rinting d ata on thi s machine. The Canon IJ p rinter driver c onverts the print [...]

  • Pagina 342

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Overview of the Printer Driv er > Canon IJ Printer Driver > XPS Pri nter Driver XPS Printer Driv er The following two printe r drivers ca n be ins talled o n W indows Vista SP1 or later: IJ printer driver XPS printer driver The XPS printer driver [...]

  • Pagina 343

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Overview of the Printer Driv er > Canon IJ Printer Driver > How to Open the Printer Driver Setup W ind ow How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window The printer dri ver setup window can b e displ ayed through the appl icatio n software in u se or[...]

  • Pagina 344

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Overview of the Printer Driv er > Canon IJ Printer Driver > Maintenance Tab Mainten ance Tab The Maintenance ta b allows you to p erform m achine m aintena nce or c hange th e settin gs of the machine. Features Cleaning the Print Heads Cleaning th[...]

  • Pagina 345

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Overview of the Printer Driv er > Canon IJ Status Moni tor Canon IJ Status Monitor If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Status Monitor" with "Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor" when reading this in formatio n. The [...]

  • Pagina 346

    Advanced Guide > Printing from a Computer > Printing w ith Other Application Software > Overview of the Printer Driv er > Canon IJ Preview Canon IJ Prev iew The Canon IJ Pre view is an appl ication software that d isplays what th e print res ult will loo k like before a docume nt is ac tually prin ted. The preview reflects the inform at[...]

  • Pagina 347

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine Printing Using the Operation Panel of t he Machine Printing L ined Pape r or Graph Pape r Copying Page top Page 347 of 973 pages Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine[...]

  • Pagina 348

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine > Printing Lin ed Paper or Graph Paper Printing Li ned Paper or Graph Paper Printing Temp late Form s Such As Lined Pa per or Graph Pa per Page top Page 348 of 973 pages Printing Lined Paper or Graph Paper[...]

  • Pagina 349

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine > Printing Lin ed Paper or Graph Paper > Printing Template Forms Such As Lined Pape r or Graph Paper Printing T emplate Forms Such A s Lined Paper or Graph Paper You can print a templ ate form s uch as lined p aper, grap h paper, o r check list, e tc. on A4, B5, or Lette [...]

  • Pagina 350

    You can print a notepa d with check boxes. Staff paper You can print staff pap er with 10 or 12 staves. Staff paper 1: 10 staves Staff paper 2: 12 staves Handwri ting paper You can print handwriting pa per. Weekly schedule You can print a weekly sched ule form . Monthly schedule You can print a monthl y schedul e form. 5. Use the button to sp ecify[...]

  • Pagina 351

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine > Copying Copyi ng Making Copies Using Useful Copy Function s Page top Page 351 of 973 pages Copying[...]

  • Pagina 352

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine > Copying > M aking Copies Making Copies For the ba sic proc edure to make c opies, refer to Copying . Setting Items Reducing or Enlargi ng a Copy Page top Page 352 of 973 pages Making Copies[...]

  • Pagina 353

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine > Copying > M aking Copies > Setting Items Setting Items You can chan ge the c opy setting s suc h as the page si ze, media t ype, or inten sity. In Copy mode , press t he Settings button repeatedl y to switch the i tem to s et. Use th e button to select the item, then[...]

  • Pagina 354

    Note If you sele ct Auto ad just (A), l oad the o riginal o n the Plat en Glass. If you select Auto adjust (A), A appears on the LCD. If you sele ct Manual adju st, use the butto n to dec rease the intens ity or the button t o increase it. Image quality Adjust pri nt quali ty accordi ng to the original . Ex: Fast/Stand ard/High Note Fast can be sel[...]

  • Pagina 355

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine > Copying > M aking Copies > Reduci ng or Enlargin g a Copy Reducing or Enl arging a Copy 1. Make sure that the machine is turned on. 2. Press the COPY button. 3. Load paper. 4. Load the original document on the Platen Glass or in the ADF. Note Refer to Loading Paper /[...]

  • Pagina 356

    repeat . Fit to page The machin e automa tically red uces o r enlarges the im age to fi t the page size. Note W h en you sel ect Fit to page, th e docum ent size m ay not be de tected c orrectly de pending on the original . In this case, s elect Preset rati o or Magnificati on. W h en Fit to page is select ed, load the docu ment on the Platen Glass[...]

  • Pagina 357

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine > Copying > Using Useful Copy Functions Using Useful Copy Functions Special Copy Choose the copy method according to y our purpose. Note See Settings for Spec ial Copy fo r how to selec t the cop y method. Frame erase W h en copying thick original s such as book s, you ca[...]

  • Pagina 358

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine > Copying > Using Useful Copy Functions > Settings for Special Copy Settings for Special Copy 1. Make sure that the machine is turned on. 2. Press the COPY button. 3. Load paper. 4. Load the original document on the Platen Glass or in the ADF. Note For detail s on the [...]

  • Pagina 359

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine > Copying > Using Useful Copy Functions > Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page (2-on-1 Copy) Copying Two Pages to Fit ont o a Single Page (2-on-1 Copy) You can copy two orig inal pag es (A) (B) ont o a sing le shee t of paper (C) by reducin g each i mage. Settin[...]

  • Pagina 360

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine > Copying > Using Useful Copy Functions > Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page (4-on-1 Copy) Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page (4-on-1 Copy) You can copy fo ur origina l pages onto a s ingle s heet of p aper by reduc ing eac h imag e. Four di fferent[...]

  • Pagina 361

    W hen the document has been loaded in the ADF: The machin e starts scanni ng the ne xt sheet of doc ument au tomatic ally after o ne shee t of docume nt finishes being sca nned. Note If Memory is full a ppears o n the LCD when sc anning , set the print qua lity to Standa rd or reduc e the number o f sheets of docu ments, then try copyin g again. If[...]

  • Pagina 362

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine > Copying > Using Useful Copy Functions > Copying w ithout Bord ers (Borderless Co py) Copyi ng w ithout Borders (Borderless Copy) You can copy im ages s o that th ey fill the entire pag e without borde rs. Settings for Specia l Copy 1. Use the button to se lect Border[...]

  • Pagina 363

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine > Copying > Using Useful Copy Functions > Repeating an Image on a P age (Image Repeat) Repeating an Image on a Page (Image Repeat) You can copy an image multipl e times onto a s ingle p age. You can set the m achine to autom atical ly select the numb er of tim es it re[...]

  • Pagina 364

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine > Copying > Using Useful Copy Functions > M ak ing Multi ple Copies of an Entire Document (Collated Copy ) Making Multiple Copies of an Entire Document ( Collated Copy) You can obtain sorted p rintouts wh en making multiple copies of a multi-p aged original. Collated c[...]

  • Pagina 365

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine > Copying > Using Useful Copy Functions > Copying Thick Originals Such as Books (Frame Erase) Copyi ng Thick O riginals Such as Books (Frame Erase) W h en copying thick original s such as book s, you ca n make a copy without bl ack m argins a round the image and g utte[...]

  • Pagina 366

    Advanced Guide > Printing Using the Opera tion Panel of the Mach ine > Copying > Using Useful Copy Functions > Copying on Stickers (Sticker Copy) Copyi ng on Stickers (Sticker Copy) You can mak e stick ers eas ily with the spe cified layout usi ng Canon s ticker paper. (A) Platen Glas s (Place the doc ument fa cing do wn) (B) 16 sticker[...]

  • Pagina 367

    Advanced Guide > Scanning Scanning Scanning Images Scanning with Using the Operation Pa nel of th e Machine Scanning with the Bundl ed Applic ation Sof tware Scanning with Other Applic ation Sof tware Canon IJ Ne twork Scan Utili ty Screens Other Scanni ng Methods Page top Page 367 of 973 pages Scanning[...]

  • Pagina 368

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scan ning Images Scanning Images Scanning Images Before Scan ning Placing Docum ents Page top Page 368 of 973 pages Scanning Images[...]

  • Pagina 369

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning Images > Scanning Images Scanning Images You can sca n image s from th e mach ine and s ave them t o a com puter or on a USB flash drive easi ly. In addition, y ou can scan imag es with advanced se ttings from a computer u sing an application softw are. Select th e scann ing met hod acc ording to your p[...]

  • Pagina 370

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning Images > Before Scanning Before Scanning Before scanning image s, confirm the following: Does the original to be scanne d meet the re quirements for a n original to be set on the Platen Glass or in the A DF? If you forward the data to t he PC, refer to Placing Docum ents for details . If you save the da[...]

  • Pagina 371

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning Images > Placing Docum ents Placing Documents Learn how to pl ace doc uments on the m achine 's Platen or ADF (Auto Docum ent Feed er). Place docume nts corre ctly acco rding to t he type of do cument to be sc anned. Oth erwise, docum ents m ay not be scanne d correct ly. Important Do not pla ce ob[...]

  • Pagina 372

    Important Large docu ments (such as A4 siz e photos) that can not be pl aced away from th e edges / arrow (alignme nt mark) o f the Plate n may be saved as PDF files. To sa ve in a form at other than PDF, scan by specify ing the file format . Placing Multiple Docu ments Allow 0.3 9 inches (1 cm) or more space betw een the edge s (diago nally strip [...]

  • Pagina 373

    2. Place the documents on the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), then adjust the Paper Guides to the w idth of the docum ents. Insert the d ocuments face-up until a b eep sounds. Place the docume nts face-up to scan both sides of the documents. Page top Page 373 of 973 pages Placing Documents[...]

  • Pagina 374

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scan ning with Using the Operation Panel of the Machin e Scanning with Using the Operation Panel of th e Machine Saving Scann ed Data on the USB Flas h Drive Using t he Operatio n Panel of the Machine Forwarding Scan ned Data to PC Using the Operation Pa nel of th e Machine Setting Ite ms on t he Operation Panel of[...]

  • Pagina 375

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scan ning with Using the Operation Panel of the Machin e > Saving Scanne d Data on the USB Flash Drive Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Sav ing Scanned Data on th e USB Flash Driv e Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Important Do not remo ve the USB flas h drive from the mac hine und er the fol low[...]

  • Pagina 376

    select ing No on t he confi rmation screen a llows you to sa ve the sca nned doc uments in one PDF file. You can save up to 100 p ages of images in one PDF file. Remove the o riginal o n the Plat en Glass or from the Documen t Output Slot after sc anning i s complete. To remove the USB fla sh drive af ter scan ning is compl ete, see Removing the US[...]

  • Pagina 377

    Note If you use t he USB flash drive with the ac cess l amp, refe r to the in structi on manua l suppli ed with the USB flas h drive to c heck i f the writing o peration is com plete on the USB flash drive. 2. Remove the USB flash drive. Hold the USB fl ash drive a nd remove i t from the machi ne straig htforward. Page top Page 377 of 973 pages Sav[...]

  • Pagina 378

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scan ning with Using the Operation Panel of the Machin e > Forwarding Scanned Data to PC Using the Operation Pan el of the Machine Forwarding Scanned Dat a to PC Using the Operation Panel of the Machine You can forward sca nned da ta to the PC u sing the Operation Panel of th e mach ine. Before forwarding scanne[...]

  • Pagina 379

    A uto scan This item is available only when the machine is connected to the comp uter using a USB cable. The machin e detect s the type o f the orig inals a utomatic ally and t he imag e is forwarded i n the optimized size, resol ution an d data fo rmat. Important Scanning via a network is not availa ble. Load origina ls properly accor ding to thei[...]

  • Pagina 380

    Important If the sc anning result with Auto scan i s not sa tisfact ory, select Documen t or Photo a ccordin g to the origi nal in s tep 5, th en spec ify the sca n size or o ther setti ng item s in ste p 6. If you want to sc an originals w ith advanced s ettings, or if you want to edit or print the scanned images: If you scan originals from a com [...]

  • Pagina 381

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scan ning with Using the Operation Panel of the Machin e > Setting Items on the Operation Panel of the Machi ne Setting Items on the Op eration Panel of the Machine You can chan ge the s can se ttings s uch as the sca n size, res olution, or data fo rmat. In Scan mode, press the Settings button rep eatedly to s [...]

  • Pagina 382

    PDF/Compact PDF/JPEG/TIFF Note PDF and Comp act PDF can be sel ected when you fo rward the scan ned data to the co mputer and Docum ent type is set to Do cument. Scan resolution Select the resolut ion for scanning. Ex: If y ou save the scanne d data on the US B flash drive: 150dpi/300dpi/600dpi If y ou forw ard the sc anned d ata to the computer: 7[...]

  • Pagina 383

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scan ning with Using the Operation Panel of the Machin e > Appendix: Various Scan Settings A ppendix: Various Scan Settings Enabling ne tw ork scan ning Network Scan Setti ngs Specifying how to respond w hen scan ning using the Operation Pane l of the machine Selectin g a Respo nse to Com mands from the Operatio[...]

  • Pagina 384

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scan ning with Using the Operation Panel of the Machin e > Appendix: Various Scan Settings > Network Scan Settings Network Scan Settings You can connect the ma chine to a netw ork to share it amon g multiple computers o r scan images into a specified computer. Important Multiple users ca nnot scan at the sam [...]

  • Pagina 385

    For USB conne ction, s elect (m odel na me) seri es for Prod uct Name. 4. Click OK. The Preference s dialo g box closes. You can now scan via a network co nnectio n. Go to the Main Menu to ch eck whether n etwork scanni ng is e nabled. Setting for Scanning Using the O peration Panel You can mak e settin gs for s canning using t he Operatio n Panel [...]

  • Pagina 386

    Note W h en mult iple sc anners a re conne cted via a network, you can select up to thre e scann ers. See " Canon IJ Network Scan Utility Menu and Sett ing Screen " for deta ils on Ca non IJ Network Scan Utility . Note If the sc anner you want to use is not disp layed, che ck the f ollowing con ditions and cl ick OK to c lose the dial og [...]

  • Pagina 387

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scan ning with Using the Operation Panel of the Machin e > Appendix: Various Scan Settings > Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel Using MP Navigator EX Selecting a Response to Commands from t he Operation Panel Using MP Nav igator EX MP Navigator EX enables you to specif y the respon se r[...]

  • Pagina 388

    Note See the section b elow for details. Scanner Button Settings Tab (Save to PC) 4. Click OK. The operation will be perform ed acc ording to the set tings when you p ress the Color or Bla ck butto n on the mach ine. Page top Page 388 of 973 pages Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation P anel Usi ng MP Navig...[...]

  • Pagina 389

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning with the Bundled Application Software Scanning with the Bundled A pplication Softw are W h at Is MP Navigator EX (Supplie d Scanne r Software)? Let's Try Scanning Useful MP Naviga tor EX Functions Utiliz ing Im ages in MP Navigator EX MP Navigator EX Screens Appendix: Opening Files Othe r than Sca nne[...]

  • Pagina 390

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > W hat Is MP Navigator E X (Supplied Scanner Softwa re)? What Is MP Nav igator EX (Supplied Scanner Software)? MP Navigator EX is an appli cation that enab les you to easily sc an photo s and do cument s. It is suitabl e even for beginners. Important MP Navigator[...]

  • Pagina 391

    Use the Scan/Impo rt window to scan ph otos and document s. View & Use Window Use the Vie w & Use window to select what you want to do with the sc anned i mages. Page top Page 391 of 973 pages What Is MP Navigato r EX (Supplied Scanner Software)?[...]

  • Pagina 392

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Let's Try Scannin g Let's Try Scannin g Try scanni ng using MP Navigator EX. Starting MP Navigator EX Starting MP Navigator EX Scanning documents, photos, magazines, etc. from the Platen Scanning Photos and Docum ents Scanning tw o or more photos (smal[...]

  • Pagina 393

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Let's Try Scanning > Starting MP Navigator EX Starting MP Nav igator EX Note To scan via a network conne ction, s tart MP Navigator EX and set u p the net work environment before scanning. Network Scan Setti ngs Starting MP Nav igator EX 1. Double-click [...]

  • Pagina 394

    The One-click Mode screen a ppears. Note Select th e Show this window at star tup chec kbox in the Naviga tion Mode scre en to always ope n the Navigatio n Mode screen at startup . If this check box is not sel ected, th e last u sed sc reen appears at startup. Page top Page 394 of 973 pages Starting MP Navigato r EX[...]

  • Pagina 395

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Let's Try Scanning > Scann ing Photos and Documents Scanning Pho tos and Documents Scan photos an d documents placed o n the Platen. 1. Place the document on the Platen. Placing Docum ents 2. Start MP Navigator EX and open the Navigation Mode screen. Sta[...]

  • Pagina 396

    W h en you sel ect Magazine(Color), the Descre en funct ion will be e nabled a nd scan ning tak es longer th an usua l. To disabl e the Desc reen fun ction, d eselec t the Desc reen che ckbox in the Scan Setti ngs dia log box. Select Text(OCR) to extract the text in the im age and convert to editable text data using MP Navigator EX. This sett ing i[...]

  • Pagina 397

    7. Edit the scann ed images as required. Use Edit Tools to rotate images , selec t a part of an imag e, etc. See the Edi t Tools in " Photos/Doc uments (Platen) Scre en (Scan/ Import W indow) " for detail s. Note First select imag es to edit. (Selected imag es are outlined in or ange.) Drag the m ouse or use Shift + arrow keys to select m[...]

  • Pagina 398

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Let's Try Scanning > Scanning Multi ple Documents at One Tim e Scanning Mul tiple Documents at One Time You can sca n two or more ph otos (sm all doc uments ) at one t ime by set ting Docu ment Size to Auto Detect (Multiple Documents) in the Scan Setting[...]

  • Pagina 399

    5. Click Spec ify. ... Select Aut o Detect (Multipl e Docume nts) for Doc ument Si ze. W h en setti ng is c omplete d, clic k OK. Scan Settings Dialog Box (Photos/Documents) 6. Click Scan . Page 399 of 973 pages Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time[...]

  • Pagina 400

    Multiple docume nts are scanned at one time. Note Click Can cel to c ancel t he scan . W h en sca nning is compl eted, the Scan Comp lete dia log box opens . Select Sc an or Exit. Selec t Scan to scan the next document, or select Exit to end. The scanned im ages appear in the Thumb nail window. 7. Edit the scann ed images as required. Use Edit Tool[...]

  • Pagina 401

    Saving as PDF F iles Note If you want to preview the im ages b efore sc anning, use Scan Gear. Scanning Multiple Docum ents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Dri ver) Page top Page 401 of 973 pages Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time[...]

  • Pagina 402

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Let's Try Scanning > Scanning Multiple Docu ments at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) Scanning Multiple Documents at O ne Time from the A DF (A u to Document Feeder) Place m ultiple docume nts on th e ADF (Auto Doc ument Fe eder) and s can at[...]

  • Pagina 403

    5. Click Spec ify. .. to set the docu ment size and scan ning resolution as required. Click Orien tation... to spec ify the orien tation o f the doc uments to be sc anned. In the dis played dia log box, you can spec ify the Origin al Orientat ion and Bi nding L ocation . How to place th e docum ents when scanning the back sides depends on the Bind [...]

  • Pagina 404

    Starts scanning. Note Click Can cel to c ancel t he scan . W h en a dup lex type is selec ted for Doc ument Type, the Manual Duplex Scannin g dialo g box opens after sca nning. Co ntinue to scan th e back sides of the doc uments . W h en a si mplex type is se lected f or Docume nt Type, the Scan Complete dialog box opens after scanni ng. Skip ahead[...]

  • Pagina 405

    8. Click OK. Starts scanning. Note Click Can cel to c ancel t he scan . 9. W hen sc anning is co mpleted, the Sca n Complete dia log box opens . Select Scan or Exit. Select Scan to scan the next document, or select Exit to end. The scanned im ages appear in the Thumb nail window. 10. Edit the scanne d images as required. Use Edit Tools to rotate im[...]

  • Pagina 406

    Page top Page 406 of 973 pages Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Doc umen t Fe...[...]

  • Pagina 407

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Let's Try Scanning > Scann ing Images Larger than the Platen (Stitch Ass ist) Scanning Images Larger than the Platen (Stitch A ssist) Stitch Ass ist al lows you to sca n the lef t and righ t halves of a large d ocumen t separat ely and co mbine th e scan[...]

  • Pagina 408

    4. Click Spec ify. ... Select Sti tch Assi st for Doc ument Size, then spe cify the sc anning resoluti on as re quired. W h en setti ng is c omplete d, clic k OK. Scan Settings Dialog Box (Photos/Documents) 5. Click Scan . Page 408 of 973 pages Scanning Images Larger than the Platen (Stit ch Assist)[...]

  • Pagina 409

    The Stitch-assist window open s. 6. Place the left half of the document face-down on the Platen. 7. Click Scan . The left half of the document is scann ed and appears in the Stitch-assist w indow. Note Click Can cel to c ancel t he scan . Page 409 of 973 pages Scanning Images Larger than the Platen (Stit ch Assist)[...]

  • Pagina 410

    8. Place the right half of the docum ent face-down on the Platen. 9. Click Scan . The right hal f of the do cument is sc anned. Note Click Can cel to c ancel t he scan . 10. Adjust the scanned image as required. Use the ic ons to swap the left a nd right halves, rota te the im age 180 degrees or enlarge /reduce the image. (Sw ap Left & Right) S[...]

  • Pagina 411

    Important This function is not available w hile the image is enlar ged/reduced. (Enlarge) Enlarges the displayed image. (Reduce) Reduces the displayed image. (Full-screen) Enlarges/redu ces the image to display it full-screen. Note Enlarge/Red uce does not affe ct the ac tual s ize of the s canned image. W hen the documen t is scanned upside dow n,[...]

  • Pagina 412

    13. Save the scann ed images . Saving Saving as PDF F iles Page top Page 412 of 973 pages Scanning Images Larger than the Platen (Stit ch Assist)[...]

  • Pagina 413

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Let's Try Scanning > Easy Scanning w ith One -click Easy S canning w ith On e-click You can com plete fro m scan ning to s aving, etc . at one ti me by sim ply clic king th e corresp onding i con. 1. Place the document on the Platen. Placing Docum ents 2[...]

  • Pagina 414

    4. Click the corresp onding ico n. Custom Sc an with One-clic k Tab One-click Mode Screen 5. Select Docu ment Type accordin g to the docume nt to be scan ned. 6. Set the docu ment size and scann ing resolution as required. 7. Start scanning . Starts scanning. Note Click Can cel to c ancel t he scan . Page top Page 414 of 973 pages Easy Scanning wit[...]

  • Pagina 415

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Useful MP Naviga tor EX Functions Useful MP Nav igator EX Functions W i th MP Navigator EX, you can co rrect/enha nce sc anned im ages b eautiful ly, and sea rch saved i mages quickly . Correcting/enhancing images automatically Correcting /Enhancin g Image s Aut[...]

  • Pagina 416

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Useful MP Naviga tor EX Functions > Correcting/Enha ncing Images Automatical ly Correcting/Enhancing Images Automatically MP Navigator EX w ill analyze and c orrect/en hance s canned images automa tically. 1. Scan documents into MP Navigator EX and save them,[...]

  • Pagina 417

    Note If you sele cted onl y one imag e in the View & Use window, the thumb nail li st does not appe ar and only the prev iew image appears. 4. Make sure that Auto is selected. 5. Click Auto Photo Fix, Face Sharpener or Digital Face Smoothing. Important Once imag e is c orrected with Aut o Photo Fix and s aved, it ca nnot be c orrected again wit[...]

  • Pagina 418

    6. Click OK. The entire im age is corrected /enhanc ed autom atical ly and (Correct/Enha nce) app ears on t he upper lef t of the th umbnail and previe w image. Note Click Res et Selec ted Imag e to undo the corre ction/en hancem ent. Select th e Apply to al l image s chec kbox to correct /enhanc e all se lected images . 7. Click Save Selected Imag[...]

  • Pagina 419

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Useful MP Naviga tor EX Functions > Correcting/Enha ncing Images Manua lly Correcting/Enhancing I mages Manually You can correct/enhan ce scanned images ma nually. 1. Scan documents into MP Navigator EX and save them, then open the View & Use window from [...]

  • Pagina 420

    Note If you sele cted onl y one imag e in the View & Use window, the thumb nail li st does not appe ar and only the prev iew image appears. 4. Click Manual, then click Correct/Enhance. 5. Click Face Brightener, Face Sharpener, Digital Fac e Smoothing or Blemish Remover. Note The Face Brigh tener, Fac e Sharpen er and Digi tal Face Smoothi ng ef[...]

  • Pagina 421

    The portion i n and arou nd the s elected area is correcte d/enhanc ed and (Correct/Enhanc e) appears on the up per left o f the thum bnail a nd preview image . Note You can als o drag to ro tate the r ectangle . Click Und o to undo the late st correc tion/enh anceme nt. Click Reset Selected Image to can cel all corrections, enhan cements and adjus[...]

  • Pagina 422

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Useful MP Naviga tor EX Functions > Adjusting Images A djusting Images You can mak e fine ad justme nts to th e overall bri ghtness , contra st, etc. of image s. 1. Scan documents into MP Navigator EX and save them, then open the View & Use window from th[...]

  • Pagina 423

    Note If you sele cted onl y one imag e in the View & Use window, the thumb nail li st does not appe ar and only the prev iew image appears. 4. Click Manual, then click Adjust. 5. Move the slider of the item you w ant to adjust and set the eff ect level. W hen you move a slider, (Correct/En hance) a ppears o n the upp er left of the thum bnail a[...]

  • Pagina 424

    The file form at of adj usted im ages i s JPEG/Exif. 7. Click Exit. Important The adjustments w ill be lost if you e xit before saving adjusted imag es. Page top Page 424 of 973 pages Adjusting Images[...]

  • Pagina 425

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Useful MP Naviga tor EX Functions > Searching Image s Searching Images In the Vie w & Use window of the Navigation Mode screen, you can sea rch ima ges saved on your compute r and ope n them i n MP Navigator EX. Opened ima ges can be printe d, edite d, et[...]

  • Pagina 426

    Search in If you know where to loo k for, se lect the drive, folde r or network from Specify Fol der. File Name If you know the file name, enter it. A w ord or phrase in the file Enter a word or phra se inc luded in the item s sel ected in More Advanced Option s. Important For PDF files, you can only search for those created with MP Navigator EX. Y[...]

  • Pagina 427

    check box, text in M ake r, Model, Descrip tion and User Comm ent is s earched . If you sel ect the PDF text checkbox, text in PDF files is searched. Important Text in password-protecte d PDF files cannot be searc hed. Search subfold ers Select th is chec kbox to searc h subfol ders. Case sensitive Select th is chec kbox to matc h case. Match all c[...]

  • Pagina 428

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Useful MP Naviga tor EX Functions > Classifying Images into Catego ries Classifying Images into Categories Display im ages sc anned with MP Navigator EX by categ ory. You can cla ssify ima ges dis played in Unclassified automatically , and also create cust om[...]

  • Pagina 429

    Document s: Busin ess Card, Postcard, Standard Si ze, PDF File, Othe rs Custom catego ries: Displays your custom categories. To create cu stom ca tegories , see " Creating Cus tom Categories ." Unclass ified: Displays images that are not classif ied. Note Click Class ify Images to classify images displayed in Unclassif ied automatically. [...]

  • Pagina 430

    View & Use W indow Page top Page 430 of 973 pages Classifying Images into Categories[...]

  • Pagina 431

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Utiliz ing Images in MP Naviga tor EX Utilizing Images in MP Navigator EX You can sca n image s usin g MP Navigator EX and edit or print the s aved imag es. See the corre sponding sections be low for details on sa ving scanne d images. Sav ing scanned images to [...]

  • Pagina 432

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Utiliz ing Images in MP Na vigator EX > Saving Saving Save images scann ed with MP Navigator EX to a comp uter. 1. Select the che ckboxes of the image s y ou want to save, then c lick Save. 2. In the Save dialog box, specify the save settings. Specify the des[...]

  • Pagina 433

    W indows 2000: MP Navigator EX folder in My Pictures f older 3. Click Save. Scanned images are saved according to the settings. To further use /edit the scanne d image s on MP Navigator EX, clic k Open sa ved locatio n in the Save Complete dialog box. Creating/Edi ting PDF Fil es Printing Documents Printing Photos Sending via E-mail Editing Files P[...]

  • Pagina 434

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Utiliz ing Images in MP Na vigator EX > Saving as PDF Files Saving as PDF Files Save images scann ed with MP Navigator EX as PDF files . 1. Select the che ckboxes of the image s y ou want to save, then c lick Save as PDF file. 2. In the Save as PDF file dialo[...]

  • Pagina 435

    Save each of the sel ected im ages a s a sep arate PDF fil e. PDF(Multiple Pages) Save multiple images in one PDF file. Note PDF(Multiple Pages) is displayed when multiple images are selected. PDF(A dd Page) Add the s canned i mages to a PDF file . The image s are add ed to the end of th e PDF file. You cannot re arrange th e pages of the PDF fi le[...]

  • Pagina 436

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Utiliz ing Images in MP Na vigator EX > Creating/Editing PDF Files Creating/Editing PDF Files Create/edit PDF files u sing MP Navigator EX. After s canning docume nts and saving the m, open the View & Use window to create PDF files a nd add/d elete pa ges[...]

  • Pagina 437

    Opening/Editing Passw ord-pro tected PDF Files 3. Add/delete pages as required. To add an existing file, cl ick Add Page and select the file . To delete a page, se lect it a nd clic k Delete Selected Pages. Note You can add PDF, JPEG, TIFF and BMP files. W h en addin g a pas sword-protected PDF file, you will b e prompt ed to ente r the pas sword. [...]

  • Pagina 438

    2. Click Open PD F file on the list. The applica tion as sociate d with the .pdf file extension by the opera ting syste m starts . Important Password-protec ted PDF files cannot be opened in applications not supporting PDF security. Files may not open if an application th at can be associated with PDF files is not installed. 3. Use the application [...]

  • Pagina 439

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Utiliz ing Images in MP Na vigator EX > Printing Documents Printing Documents You can print multipl e scan ned ima ges at o ne time, print at s pecifi c quali ty, etc. usi ng MP Navigator EX. 1. Scan documents into MP Navigator EX and save them, then open the[...]

  • Pagina 440

    Important At normal-siz e (100%), some imag es may be prin ted small or w ith some portions cr opped. In that cas e, sele ct Auto to resize the p rint in p roportion to the pap er size. 4. Click Print. Starts prin ting. Note W h en printi ng a mul tiple-pa ge PDF file via Print Docu ment, pri nting m ay take tim e depend ing on your com puter. In t[...]

  • Pagina 441

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Utiliz ing Images in MP Na vigator EX > Printing Phot os Printing Photos You can print photos u sing MP Navigator EX or an a pplicat ion that accomp anies t he mach ine. After scanni ng docu ments a nd saving them, ope n the Vie w & Use window to select h[...]

  • Pagina 442

    3. Specif y print settings as required. In the di splayed di alog box, spec ify paper s ize, print c ount, etc . Print Photo Dialog Box 4. Click Print. Starts prin ting. Note To cancel while spooli ng, clic k Cance l. To cance l while printi ng, cli ck Cance l Printing in the confirm ation window for the printer st atus. To open a confi rmation win[...]

  • Pagina 443

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Utiliz ing Images in MP Na vigator EX > Sending via E-mail Sending via E -mail Send scanned im ages via e-m ail. Important MP Navigator EX is compati ble with the f ollowing e-ma il software pro grams: - W indows Mail (W i ndows Vista) - Outlook Express (W i [...]

  • Pagina 444

    Note You can sel ect a co mpress ion type when se nding J PEG images via e-mail. Click Set ... to open a dialog box and select a comp ression type from High( Low Comp ression), Standard or Low(High Compr ession). 4. Click OK. Files are saved accor ding to the settings, a nd the e-mail softw are program starts. 5. Specif y the recipien t, enter the [...]

  • Pagina 445

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Utiliz ing Images in MP Na vigator EX > Editing Files Editing Files You can edit images or convert th em to te xt using MP Navigator EX or an appli cation that acc ompani es the mac hine. Afte r scanni ng docu ments a nd saving them, op en the Vie w & Use[...]

  • Pagina 446

    Scan text in scanned magaz ines and new spapers and displa y it in Notepad (inclu ded with Windows). Important PDF files cannot be converted to text. 1. Select image s and click Ed it/Convert. 2. Click Convert to text file on the list. Notepad (in cluded with W i ndows) starts and edit able text appears . Note Only text written in langua ges that c[...]

  • Pagina 447

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Utiliz ing Images in MP Na vigator EX > Setting Passwords for PDF Files Setting Passwords for PDF Files Set passw ords for opening, ed iting and printing PDF files. You can set t wo passwords: one for openi ng the fi le and on e for edi ting/prin ting it. Imp[...]

  • Pagina 448

    The Password Securi ty -Settings d ialog b ox opens. Note You can als o open th e Password Secu rity -Settings dialog box by clickin g Set..., the n selec ting Password Securi ty for Securit y in the PDF Setti ngs dia log box. 3. Select the Req uire a password to ope n the docu ment or Use a pas sword to restrict printing and editing of the documen[...]

  • Pagina 449

    Document Open Passw ord Permiss ions Password 5. Re-enter the pas sword and click OK. The Save as PDF fil e dialog box returns. Important If you clos e the Save as PDF file d ialog bo x w itho ut clic king Save, th e settin gs in th e Password Security -Setti ngs dia log box will be dele ted. Passwor ds are deleted on ce the file is edited. Reset t[...]

  • Pagina 450

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Utiliz ing Images in MP Na vigator EX > Opening/Editin g Password-protected PDF Files Opening/Editing P assword-protected PDF Files Enter a pas sword to open or edit/p rint pass word-protected PDF files. Password entry me thod varies by operation . The follow[...]

  • Pagina 451

    2. The Password dialog box opens. Enter the pa ssword and c lick OK. The PDF file ope ns in th e Zoom i n dialo g box. Note To reopen the file afte r closi ng the Zoo m in di alog box, re-ente r the pas sword. Entering a Password (Permi ssions Password) to Edit or Pr int a File 1. In the View & Use window, select PDF files and click PD F or Pri[...]

  • Pagina 452

    2. To create a PDF file or edit the file, select Create/Edit PDF f ile on the list. To print the file, click Print Docu ment. In the Pas sword dialog box, you will be prompte d to ente r a pass word. Note If the Document Ope n Password is se t as well, the Document Open Passw ord w ill be required, then the Permissio ns Password will be required. 3[...]

  • Pagina 453

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens MP Nav igator EX Screens Learn abo ut the sc reens a nd funct ions of MP Navigator EX. Scan/Import Documents or Images Tab Photos/Doc uments (Platen) Sc reen (Scan /Import W indo w) Scan Settings Dialog Box (Photos/Documents) Save Dialog [...]

  • Pagina 454

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Navigation Mo de Screen Navi gation Mode Screen This is one of the s tartup sc reens o f MP Navigator EX. Point to th e icon at the top of the sc reen to d isplay ea ch tab. Us e each t ab depen ding on what you want to do. Scan/Impo[...]

  • Pagina 455

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Scan / Import Documents or Images Tab Scan/Import Documents or Images T ab Point to Sc an/Impo rt in the Navig ation Mode sc reen to di splay the Sc an/Impo rt Docume nts or Im ages tab. Scan photos and documents. Photos/Documents (P[...]

  • Pagina 456

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > View & Use Images on your Computer Tab View & Use Images on y our Computer Tab Point to Vi ew & Use in the Navig ation Mode scre en to di splay the Vi ew & Use Images on your Comp uter tab. You can open images saved o[...]

  • Pagina 457

    Preferences The Preference s dialo g box opens. In the Preferen ces di alog box, you can make ad vanced se ttings t o MP Navigator EX functions. Preference s Dialog Box (Guide) Opens this guide. Related Topic Opening Images Saved on a Computer Page top Page 457 of 973 pages View Use Images on your Computer Tab[...]

  • Pagina 458

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Cus tom Scan with One-click Tab Custom Scan wit h One-click Tab Point to One- click in the Naviga tion Mode scre en to dis play the Cus tom Sca n with One-clic k tab. You can com plete fro m scan ning to s aving, etc . at one ti me b[...]

  • Pagina 459

    Start scanning by clicking the button Select th is chec kbox and cli ck an i con to s tart sca nning i mmedia tely. (Sw itch Mode) Switches to One-c lick Mode. The One-c lick Mode screen ap pears. One-click Mode Screen Show this w indow at startup Select th is chec kbox to open t he Main Menu at startup . If this checkb ox is not sel ected, th e la[...]

  • Pagina 460

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Pho tos/ Documents (Platen) Scree n (Scan/Import W ind ow) Photos/Documents (Platen) Screen (Scan/Import Window) Point to Sc an/Impo rt in the Navig ation Mode sc reen and c lick Photos/Doc uments (Platen) to open the Photos/Document[...]

  • Pagina 461

    You cannot s elect Doc ument Type if t he Use the scanne r driver chec kbox is sel ected. Specify.. . Specify the docume nt size, res olution , and othe r advanced scan s ettings. Scan Settings Dialog Box (Photos/Doc uments) Important Specify... is not avail able if t he Use the scanne r driver chec kbox is sel ected. Use the scanner driver Select [...]

  • Pagina 462

    Selects all images in the Thumbna il window. (Cancel A ll) Cancels all imag e selections in the Thumbnail window. (Rotate Left) Rotates the ta rget image (outline d in orange) 90 d egrees counter-clo ck wise. (Rotate Right) Rotates the ta rget image (outline d in orange) 90 d egrees clockwise. (Inv ert) Inverts the t arget ima ge (outli ned in o ra[...]

  • Pagina 463

    (Cancel Selection) Cancels the selection of the target image ( outlined in orange) in the Selected Images a rea. Selected Im ages Area Images selec ted in the Thumbnail window are displayed. Related Topic Scanning Photos and Docum ents Page top Page 463 of 973 pages Photos/Documents (Platen) Screen (Scan/Import Window)[...]

  • Pagina 464

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Scan Settings Dialog Box (Photos/Documents) Scan Settings Dialog Box (Photos/Documen ts) The Scan Settin gs dial og box opens when you click Specify... i n the Scan /Import window. In the Sca n Settings dialog box, you can mak e adva[...]

  • Pagina 465

    Resolution Note The following sc anning resoluti ons can be spec ified when Doc ument Type is Text(OC R). 300 dpi / 400 dpi A uto Photo Fix / Au to Document Fix The displayed item varies by Docume nt Type. A uto Photo Fix This is di splayed when Doc ument Type is Co lor Photo. Select th is chec kbox to autom aticall y analyze the c aptured s cene ([...]

  • Pagina 466

    Reduce Show -throug h Select th is chec kbox to sharp en text in a doc ument or reduce s how-through in newspapers. Important You cannot s elect th is chec kbox when Document Type is Color Pho to, Black and W hite Ph oto or Text(OCR). Note Select th is chec kbox when Document Type is text documen t and sh ow-through is a pparent i n the scanned ima[...]

  • Pagina 467

    Defaults Restores the d efault settings. Page top Page 467 of 973 pages Scan Settings Dialog Box (Photos/Documents)[...]

  • Pagina 468

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Stack of Documents (ADF) Screen (Scan/Import W indow) Stack of Documents (A DF) Screen (Scan/Import Window) Point to Scan/Impor t in the Navigation Mode screen and click Stack of Documents (ADF), or click Stack of Document s (ADF) in[...]

  • Pagina 469

    Text(Duplex ) Important You cannot s elect Doc ument Type if t he Use the scanne r driver chec kbox is sel ected. Specify.. . Specify the docume nt size, res olution , and othe r advanced scan s ettings. Scan Setti ngs Dialo g Box (Stack of Doc uments (ADF)) Important Specify... is not avail able if t he Use the scanne r driver chec kbox is sel ect[...]

  • Pagina 470

    Edit Tools (Select A ll) Selects all images in the Thumbna il window. (Cancel A ll) Cancels all imag e selections in the Thumbnail window. (Rotate Left) Rotates the ta rget image (outline d in orange) 90 d egrees counter-clo ck wise. (Rotate Right) Rotates the ta rget image (outline d in orange) 90 d egrees clockwise. (Inv ert) Inverts the t arget [...]

  • Pagina 471

    (Cancel A ll) Cancels the selection of all images in the Selected Ima ges area. (Cancel Selection) Cancels the selection of the target image ( outlined in orange) in the Selected Images a rea. Selected Im ages Area Images selec ted in the Thumbnail window are displayed. Related Topic Scanning Multiple Docum ents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Doc u[...]

  • Pagina 472

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Scan Settings Dialog Box (Stack of Documents (ADF)) Scan Settings Dialog Box (Stack of Documents (A DF)) The Scan Settin gs dial og box opens when you click Specify... i n the Scan /Import window. In the Sca n Settings dialog box, yo[...]

  • Pagina 473

    Important Binding Location ca nnot be specified w hen a simplex ty pe such as Color Do cument(Simplex) is select ed for Docu ment Type. Scanning Resolution Select the resolut ion at which to scan documents. Resolution Note The following sca nning resolutions can b e specified when Docu ment Type is Text( Simplex) or Text(Duplex ). 300 dpi / 400 dpi[...]

  • Pagina 474

    The inclina tion of t he follo wing types of doc uments may not be correcte d, as the text cannot be detected correctly. - Documen ts in which t he text lines a re incli ned more than 10 degrees or the ang les vary by line - Documen ts conta ining b oth vertical and hori zontal text - Documents w ith ext remely large o r small fonts - Documents w i[...]

  • Pagina 475

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Save Dialog Box Sav e Dialog Box The Save dialog box opens when you cli ck Save in the Scan /Import window. In the Save di alog bo x, you can make s ettings for saving images to a co mputer. Sav e in Displays th e folder i n which to[...]

  • Pagina 476

    Page top Page 476 of 973 pages Save Dialog Box[...]

  • Pagina 477

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Save as PDF file Dial og Box Sav e as PDF file Dialog Box In the Save as PDF file d ialog bo x, you can make advanced s ettings for saving scanne d image s as PDF files. You c an save mu ltiple d ocumen ts as o ne PDF file or add pag[...]

  • Pagina 478

    PDF Save each of the sel ected im ages a s a sep arate PDF fil e. PDF(Multiple Pages) Save multiple images in on e PDF file. Note PDF(Multiple Pages) is displayed when multiple images are selected. PDF(A dd Page) Add the s canned i mages to a PDF file . The image s are add ed to the end of th e PDF file. You cannot re arrange th e pages of the PDF [...]

  • Pagina 479

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > PDF Settings Dialog Box PDF Settings Dialog Box In the PDF Sett ings di alog box, you can specif y the PDF comp ression type and ot her advance d settin gs for creati ng PDF files . Enable key w ord search Select th is chec kbox to c[...]

  • Pagina 480

    Standard It is recommen ded that you normally select th is setting. High Compress es the fi le size when s aving, allo wing you to reduc e the lo ad on your ne twork/server. Important This functi on is no t availabl e when scann ing by sel ecting PDF on the Opera tion Panel of the machine. Highly com pressed PDF images may degra de if you rep eated[...]

  • Pagina 481

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > View & Use W indow View & Use Window Point to View & Use in the Navigation Mod e screen and click My Box (Scanned/Import ed Images), Specify Folder or Re cently Saved Im ages to open the View & Use window. Open this w[...]

  • Pagina 482

    Displays fo lders of images (grouped by year, year/month and year/mo nth/date) in My Box in tree view. Select a fol der to dis play its contents in the Thum bnail window to the right. Image date is the scanned, captured or updated date. Specify Folder Displays all har d disks and folders in tree view. Select a folder to display ima ges in the Thumb[...]

  • Pagina 483

    (Image Correction/Enhancement) Allows you to co rrect the t arget ima ge (outli ned in o range). Clic k this button to open the Correct/ Enhance Image s window in w hich you can cor rect/enhance image s and also adjust the brightnes s, con trast, etc . Correct/Enha nce Ima ges W indow Important Image c orrection /enhanc ement c annot be applied to [...]

  • Pagina 484

    Note A lock i con app ears for PDF f iles with Docu ment Open Password set. Thumbn ails may ap pear as "?" in the following cases. - Opening unsupported images - File size is too large and there is not enough memor y t o display the image - The file is corrupted When Images are Sorted by Categories Scanned images are disp layed by cate go[...]

  • Pagina 485

    Displays all categories and image s. Specific Categories Displays categories containing images, along with the contained images. More images will be display ed in the Thumbnail w indow , allowing y ou to find or move images ea sily. Note Immediately after opening the View & Use w indow, cate gories containing image s appear along w ith the cont[...]

  • Pagina 486

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Cre ate/ Edit PDF file W indow Create/Edit PDF file Window Click PDF i n the View & Use window, then click Create/Edit PDF file on the list to open the Create/Ed it PDF file window. In the Creat e/Edit PDF fil e window, you can a[...]

  • Pagina 487

    A dd Page Allows you to se lect and add an e xisting PDF file. Note A password will be required to add a password-pro tected PDF file. Undo Cancels the la test change made. Reset Cancels all the changes made. Sav e Selected Pages Opens the Save as PDF file dialog box. Specify the s ave setting s. Only the s elected page is saved. Note W hen multipl[...]

  • Pagina 488

    (Full-screen) Enlarges/ reduces the ima ge to dis play it ful ly in Preview. (Thumbnail Mode) Switches to Thumbnail Mode. The pages are displayed in thumbnail view. Page top Page 488 of 973 pages Create/Edit PDF file Window[...]

  • Pagina 489

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Print Document Dialog Box Print Document Dialog Box Click Prin t in the View & Use window, then cli ck Print Do cument on the li st to ope n the Prin t Documen t dialog box. In the Prin t Documen t dialog box, you can mak e advan[...]

  • Pagina 490

    A uto Scale is adjus ted autom aticall y accordi ng to the detected paper width an d the se lected p aper size. Image may be printed ro tated 90 degree s depending on its siz e. Scale Select a scale f rom the l ist. Important At normal-siz e (100%), some imag es may be prin ted small or w ith some portions cr opped. In that cas e, sele ct Auto to r[...]

  • Pagina 491

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Print Photo Dialog Box Print Photo Dialog Box Click Prin t in the View & Use window, then cli ck Print Ph oto on th e list to open the Print Photo dialog box. Important The Print Photo d ialog b ox w ill not open if Easy-Photo Pr[...]

  • Pagina 492

    Select th is chec kbox to print t he imag e on an e ntire she et of pap er without marg ins. Important Page Lay out setting w ill be disabled w hen you select Bor derless Printing. This setting is only available with printe rs that support bo rderless printing. Orientation Specify the print o rientation. Important This setting is available only whe[...]

  • Pagina 493

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Send via E-ma il Dialog Box Send v ia E-mail Dialog Box Click Sen d in the View & Use window, then cli ck Attac h to E-mai l on the list to o pen the Se nd via E-mai l dialog box. In the Send via E-mail dialog box, you can mak e [...]

  • Pagina 494

    Page top Page 494 of 973 pages Send via E-mail Dialog Box[...]

  • Pagina 495

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Co rrect/ Enhance Im ages W indow Correct/Enhance Images Window Click (Image Corr ection/En hancem ent) in th e View & Use window or clic k Fix photo im ages in Image Handling Buttons to open the Correct/Enhance Imag es window . [...]

  • Pagina 496

    A uto Photo Fix Applies automatic co rrections suitable for photo s. Prioritize Exif Info Select th is chec kbox to apply co rrection s primari ly based o n the se ttings m ade at th e time o f shooting. Deselect this checkbox to apply corre ctions based on the im age analysis resu lts. It is recommend ed that you n ormally select this set ting. No[...]

  • Pagina 497

    See " Correc ting/Enhan cing Im ages Manuall y " for detail s. A djustment Brightness Adjusts the overall image brightness. Move the slider to the left t o darken and right to bright en the im age. Contrast Adjusts the cont rast of th e image . Adjust th e contra st when the im age is flat due to lack of contra st. Move the slider to the [...]

  • Pagina 498

    Face Brightener Corrects th e entire i mage to brighten the faci al area i n and aro und the s elected area. You can adju st the ef fect level using th e slide r. Face Sharpener Corrects th e entire i mage to sharpen the faci al area i n and aro und the s elected area. You can adju st the ef fect level using th e slide r. Digital Face Smoothing Enh[...]

  • Pagina 499

    Inverts the i mage ho rizontally. (Trimming) Trimming is the ac t of sele cting th e area you want to keep in a photo a nd disc arding t he rest. I n the disp layed window, drag the white frame to specify th e trimmi ng area. Move the c ursor ins ide the white frame and drag to move the trimmi ng area. Note Place the main sub jects along the broken[...]

  • Pagina 500

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > One-cl ick Mode Screen One-click Mode Screen Click (Switch Mode) at the bottom left of the Navigation Mode screen to display the One-click Mode screen. You can com plete fro m scan ning to s aving, etc . at one ti me by sim ply clic [...]

  • Pagina 501

    Preference s Dialog Box (Guide) Opens this guide. Important The following res trictions apply when you sc an with Docum ent Type set to Auto Mode in the Sa ve or Custom dialog b ox. W hen you want to convert t ext in the scanned image to text data, specify Docum ent Type (do not select Auto Mode). Related Topic Easy Scanni ng with One-clic k Page t[...]

  • Pagina 502

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Auto Scan Dialog Box A uto Scan Dialog Box Click Auto Scan on the Custom Scan with One-click tab or click Auto in the One-click Mode screen to open the Auto Scan dialog box. Supported Documents Photos, postcard s, business cards, mag[...]

  • Pagina 503

    W hen t his checkbox is selected, the files can be saved in JPEG/Exif or PDF format only . Scanning may take longer than usua l when this ch eckbox is selected. The color ton e may cha nge from t he sourc e image due to c orrectio ns. In th at case, desele ct the check box and scan. Save Se ttings File name Enter the fi le name of the im age to b e[...]

  • Pagina 504

    Save to a Subfolder w ith Current Date Select th is chec kbox to create a subfo lder in th e folder specifi ed in Save i n with the curre nt date a nd save scan ned file s in it. A subfol der with a name such a s "2010 _01_01" (Year_Month_Date) will be created. If this c heckbo x is not sele cted, fil es are s aved direc tly in the fo lde[...]

  • Pagina 505

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Save Dialog Box (One-click Mode Screen) Sav e Dialog Box (One-click Mode Screen) Click Save to PC on the Custom Scan with One-click tab or click Save in the One-click Mode screen to open the Save dialog box. Scan Settings Documen t T[...]

  • Pagina 506

    docume nts of th e same size even if Au to Mode is set . Note To reduce mo ire, set Document Type to Magazine. Color Mode Select ho w to scan the docume nt. Document Size Select th e size of th e docum ent to be scann ed. W h en you sel ect Custo m, a sc reen in which you can s pecify the d ocumen t size app ears. Sele ct a Units, the n enter th e [...]

  • Pagina 507

    See " Placing Doc uments " for details o n how to place docum ents. Large doc uments (such a s A4 size p hotos) th at canno t be plac ed away from the edges/a rrow (alignm ent mark ) of the Pla ten may be saved as PDF f iles. To sa ve in a form at other th an PDF, scan by s pecifying the file format. Images cann ot be added to pa ssword-p[...]

  • Pagina 508

    Note You cannot s elect th is setti ng if the Use the s canner driver chec kbox is sele cted. W h en you save a n image with the Save the J PEG/Exif file in Adobe RGB checkbo x selected, a n underscore is added to the beg inning of the file name. (Exam ple: _Image0001.jp g) Open the sa ve dialog box after scanning the image (Input Exif information)[...]

  • Pagina 509

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Scan Settings Dialog Box (One-click Mode Screen) Scan Settings Dialog Box (O ne-click Mode Screen) The Scan Settin gs dial og box opens when you click Specify... i n a dialo g box of the One-c lick Mode screen. In the Sca n Settings [...]

  • Pagina 510

    Important W h en you sel ect Auto De tect, the image m ay not be s canned at the co rrect pos ition an d size. In that cas e, chan ge the si ze to the ac tual doc ument s ize (A4, Lett er, etc.) a nd align a corner of the docume nt with the co rner at the arrow (alignmen t mark) o f the Plate n. Orientation... Set the ori entation and stap ling si [...]

  • Pagina 511

    check box and scan. Descreen Select th is chec kbox to reduc e moire p atterns. Printed photos and pictures are disp layed as a collection of f ine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon w here uneven grada tion or a stripe p attern app ears when suc h photos or pic tures prin ted with fine d ots are scanne d. Descree n is the functio n for reduc [...]

  • Pagina 512

    You cannot s elect th is chec kbox when Document Size is Stitc h Assi st. This functi on may not work properly depe nding on the doc ument la nguage. Only text documents wr itten in languages tha t can be selected from Docum ent Language ar e supported. The orientati on of the following types of docum ents m ay not be c orrected, as the te xt canno[...]

  • Pagina 513

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Save Dialog Box Sav e Dialog Box The Save dialog box opens when you sc an from th e Save or Custo m dial og box of the One-c lick Mode screen a fter sele cting Ope n the save d ialog b ox after scanni ng the im age (Inp ut Exif infor[...]

  • Pagina 514

    Important PDF, PDF(Multiple Pages ) and PDF(Add Page) can not be se lected for image s sca nned from the Custom dialog b ox. You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Colo r Mode is Black and W hite. Set... When Save as type is JPEG/Exif You can spec ify a com pressio n type for JPEG fi les. Sel ect High(L ow Compressio n), Standard or Low(High Compr ession[...]

  • Pagina 515

    Page top Page 515 of 973 pages Save Dialog Box[...]

  • Pagina 516

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Exif Settings Dialog Box Exif Settings Dialog Box You can inpu t Exif informatio n into a file to be saved. Exif is a s tandard format for embeddi ng various shooting data in digital camera imag es (JPEG). Embedding Exif information [...]

  • Pagina 517

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > PDF Dialog Box PDF Dialog Box Click Save a s PDF file on the Cus tom Scan with One-click tab or c lick PDF i n the One-c lick Mode sc reen to open t he PDF dialo g box. Scan Settings Documen t Ty pe Select th e type of doc ument t o [...]

  • Pagina 518

    docume nt with the co rner at the arrow (alignmen t mark) o f the Plate n. Resolution Select the resolut ion at which to scan documents. Resolution Specify.. . Opens the Scan Settin gs dial og box in which you c an make advanced scan s ettings. Scan Setti ngs Dialo g Box (One-click Mode Screen) Save Se ttings A utomaticall y save the image to y our[...]

  • Pagina 519

    Open the sa ve dialog box after scanning the image Select th is to op en the Save a s PDF file d ialog b ox after scanni ng the im ages an d spec ify the save settings such as des tination folder and file nam e. Save as PDF file Dialo g Box Note To set pass words for PDF file s, sele ct Open the save dial og box after sca nning th e image . After s[...]

  • Pagina 520

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Save as PDF file Dial og Box Sav e as PDF file Dialog Box The Save as PDF fil e dialog box opens when you sc an from t he PDF dial og box of the One-c lick Mode screen a fter sele cting Ope n the save d ialog b ox after scanni ng the[...]

  • Pagina 521

    machine. If a passw ord-protected PDF file is edited , the passw ords will be d eleted. Reset the passwords. Setting Passw ords for PDF Files Set... Make advanced s ettings for creati ng PDF files . See " PDF Sett ings Dial og Box " fo r details . Password securit y settings Select th is chec kbox to open t he Password Sec urity -Setting [...]

  • Pagina 522

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Mail Dialog Box Mail Dialog Box Click Atta ch to E-m ail on th e Custom Scan with One-cl ick tab or clic k Mail in the One-click Mode screen to open the M ail dialog box. Scan Settings Documen t Ty pe Select th e type of doc ument t [...]

  • Pagina 523

    Resolution Select the resolut ion at which to scan documents. Resolution Use the scanner driver Select th is chec kbox to disp lay the Scan Gear (scann er driver) sc reen and make ad vanced sc an settings. Color Mode, Docum ent Size, Reso lution a nd other s ettings in the Mail di alog box will be di sabled. Specify thes e setti ngs in t he ScanGea[...]

  • Pagina 524

    A ttachment Settings Mail Program Specify an e -mail s oftware program. Note Select Add ... to ope n the Sele ct Mail Program d ialog b ox in which you can s elect an e-mail software program . If the e -mail s oftware program you want to use i s not li sted, cl ick Add to List and select it. Start scanning by clicking the one-click bu tton Select t[...]

  • Pagina 525

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > OCR Dialog Box OCR Dialog Box Click OCR on t he Custom Scan with One-cl ick tab or in the One-clic k Mode screen to open t he OCR dialog box. Scan Settings Documen t Ty pe Select th e type of doc ument t o be sc anned. Color Mode Sel[...]

  • Pagina 526

    settings. Color Mode, Docum ent Size, Reso lution a nd other s ettings in the OCR dia log box will be dis abled. Specify thes e setti ngs in t he ScanGear screen. Specify.. . Opens the Scan Settin gs dial og box in which you c an make advanced scan s ettings. Scan Setti ngs Dialo g Box (One-click Mode Screen) Note W h en sca nning sl anted do cumen[...]

  • Pagina 527

    according to the language of the document to be scanned. W h en sca nning m ultiple docume nts, you ca n colle ct the extracted text into one fi le. General Tab Text displayed in Notep ad (incl uded with W indows) is for guida nce onl y. Tex t in the ima ge of the follo wing types of do cuments may not b e detecte d correc tly. - Documen ts conta i[...]

  • Pagina 528

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Cus tom Dialog Box Custom Dialog Box Click Cus tom on t he Custom Scan with One-cl ick ta b or in the One-clic k Mode screen to open t he Custom dialog b ox. Scan Settings Documen t Ty pe Select th e type of doc ument t o be sc anned[...]

  • Pagina 529

    W h en sca nning two or mo re docum ents fro m the ADF (Aut o Docume nt Feeder), place docume nts of th e same size even if Au to Mode is set . Note To reduce mo ire, set Document Type to Magazine. Color Mode Select ho w to scan the docume nt. Document Size Select th e size of th e docum ent to be scann ed. W h en you sel ect Custo m, a sc reen in [...]

  • Pagina 530

    You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Colo r Mode is Black and W hite. Note W h en Auto is selec ted, file s are sa ved in the following form ats acc ording t o the doc ument type. Photos, postcard s, CD/DVD and business cards: JPEG Magazines, newspapers and text docum ents: PDF You can change the file format from Set.... Images saved as PDF files m ay [...]

  • Pagina 531

    Select th is to op en the Save d ialog bo x after scannin g the im ages an d speci fy the save s ettings such as destinat ion folder, file name and Exif information. Save Dialog Box A pplica tion Settings Open w ith Specify an a pplica tion with which to o pen sc anned im ages. Dra g and drop the ico n of an a pplicat ion that sup ports the file fo[...]

  • Pagina 532

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Preference s Dialog Box Preferences Dialog Box Click Pref erences to open t he Preferenc es dia log box. In the Preferences dialog box, you can make advanced settings to MP Navigator EX functions via the General and Scanner Bu tton S[...]

  • Pagina 533

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Gene ral Tab General Tab On the General tab, you can speci fy general MP Naviga tor EX settings. Product Name Displays th e produc t name o f the mac hine tha t MP Navigator EX is currentl y configure d to use . If the dis played pro[...]

  • Pagina 534

    - Black a nd W hite ca nnot be s elected in the c olor mo de setti ngs for One- click Mode. - Remove gutte r shadow is n ot availabl e. - Auto Photo Fix and Auto Document Fix are not available. - Save the JPEG/Exif file in AdobeRGB for One-click Mode is not available. - Available re soluti ons: 75 d pi / 150 dpi / 300 dpi / 60 0 dpi - Max imu m num[...]

  • Pagina 535

    Specify the language according to the language of the document to be scanned. Only tex t written in lang uages t hat can b e selec ted in t he Docum ent Langu age can be extracted to Notepad. Combine multiple text conversion results W h en sca nning m ultiple docume nts, sel ect the c heckb ox to collect the convers ion resu lts (text) into one fil[...]

  • Pagina 536

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Scan ner Button Settings Tab (Save to PC) Scanner Button Settings T ab (Sav e to PC) On the Scann er Button Se ttings ta b, you can specif y how to respond when s cannin g using the Operatio n Panel of t he mach ine. See " Setti[...]

  • Pagina 537

    A utomaticall y save the image to y our computer after scanning it Select th is to sa ve the ima ges to your c ompute r as spe cified a fter sca nning th em. The File Name and Sav e in settings w ill be display ed. Important If you sele ct this function , you will not be able to set pass words for PDF fil es. File Name Enter the fi le name of the i[...]

  • Pagina 538

    You can mak e advanced setting s for cre ating PDF fi les when PDF is select ed on the Operation Panel of t he mach ine. Click Set ... to open a dialo g box and spec ify the save s ettings for PDF file s. See " PDF Settings Dialog Box " f or detail s. Important Use the Opera tion Pane l of the m achine to set th e comp ression type for sa[...]

  • Pagina 539

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > MP Navigator EX Screens > Scan Settings Dialog Box (Scanner Button Settings) Scan Settings Dialog Box (Scanner Button Settin gs) The Scan Settin gs dial og box opens when you click Specify... on the Scan ner Button Settings t ab of the Preference s dialo g bo[...]

  • Pagina 540

    Scanning Resolution Set this i tem usi ng the Ope ration Pane l of the machin e. Recommended Image Correction Select th is chec kbox to apply su itable c orrectio ns autom atical ly based o n the doc ument t ype. This functi on is avai lable when Doc ument Type is Auto Scan. Important W hen t his checkbox is selected, the files can be saved in JPEG[...]

  • Pagina 541

    Set to dete ct text in text docume nts and apply suit able co rrections . This functi on is avai lable when Doc ument i s selec ted for Doc ument Type on the Scann er Button Settings tab of the Preference s dialo g box. Correct slanted document Select th is chec kbox to detec t the sc anned text and c orrect th e angle (within -0.1 to -1 0 degrees [...]

  • Pagina 542

    Page top Page 542 of 973 pages Scan Settings Dialog Box (Scanner Button Settings)[...]

  • Pagina 543

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Appendix: Opening Files Other than Scanned Im ages A ppendix: Opening Files Other th an Scanned Images You can save or print data other tha n scann ed imag es usi ng MP Navigator EX. Using images sav ed on a computer Opening Images Saved on a Computer Page top P[...]

  • Pagina 544

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith the Bun dled Application Software > Appendix: Opening Files Other than Scanned Im ages > Openi ng Images Saved on a Comp uter Opening I mages Saved on a Computer You can open images saved on a compu ter and pri nt them or attach them to e -mail u sing MP Navigator EX. Y ou can also edit them us[...]

  • Pagina 545

    4. Select the image s y ou want to use , then select what you want t o do with them. See the correspondin g sections below for details on using im ages. Creating/Edi ting PDF Fil es Printing Documents Printing Photos Sending via E-mail Editing Files Page top Page 545 of 973 pages Opening Images Saved on a Computer[...]

  • Pagina 546

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning with Other Application Software Scanning with Other A pplication Software W hat Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)? Scanning with Advanced Set tings Usi ng ScanGea r (Scanner Dri ver) Correcting Images and Adjus ting Colo rs with ScanGear ( Scanner Driver) ScanGear (Sca nner Driver) Scre ens Appendix: Useful Inf[...]

  • Pagina 547

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > W hat Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)? What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driv er)? ScanGear (sc anner dri ver) is soft ware required fo r scanni ng docu ments. It enable s you to sp ecify the output siz e and make image corre ctions when scanning. ScanGear ca n be sta rted from M[...]

  • Pagina 548

    A uto Scan M ode Use Auto Sc an Mode to sca n easil y by simply pla cing do cuments on the Pl aten or ADF (Au to Docum ent Feeder) an d clic king Sca n. Page top Page 548 of 973 pages What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?[...]

  • Pagina 549

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Sc anning with Advan ced Sett ings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) Scanning with A dvanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driv er) Starting ScanGear (scanner driver) Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Scanning documents after making simple im age corrections Scannin[...]

  • Pagina 550

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) > Starting ScanGear (Scanner Drive r) Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driv er) Use ScanGear (sca nner driver) to make image co rrections and color a djustments w hen scanning. ScanGear can b e started from [...]

  • Pagina 551

    2. Click the corresp onding ico n. The correspond ing dialog box o pens. 3. Select the Use the scanne r driver checkbox in Sca n Settings, then click Scan. The ScanGear sc reen app ears. Important Use the s canner d river is not displayed in the PDF d ialog bo x or Auto Scan dia log box. Starting from an Application Follow these steps (e xample) to[...]

  • Pagina 552

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) > Scanning in Basic Mod e Scanning in Basic Mode In Basic Mode, you can sc an easi ly by following the on-scre en steps . This secti on explains h ow to scan a s ingle d ocumen t from the Platen or doc[...]

  • Pagina 553

    Important Some app licatio ns do no t suppor t continu ous sc anning from the ADF (Auto Docum ent Feede r). For detail s, refer to the app licatio n's manua l. Note To scan ma gazines c ontainin g many co lor photos , selec t Magazine(Color). 3. Click Preview . Preview image app ears in the Preview area. Important Preview is not dis played whe[...]

  • Pagina 554

    Skip ahe ad to Step 8 when an ADF type is selec ted for Sel ect Sourc e. 5. Set Output Size. Output size o ptions vary by the item se lected in Destin ation. 6. Adjust the sca n area (croppin g frame) as requ ired. Adjust th e size and positio n of the c ropping frame (sc an area) on the pre view image. Adjusting Cropping Fram es 7. Set Image corre[...]

  • Pagina 555

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) > Scanning in Advan ced Mode Scanning in A dv anced Mode In Advanced Mode, you can spe cify the c olor mod e, output resoluti on, ima ge brightn ess, c olor tone , etc. when scanning. This section exp [...]

  • Pagina 556

    Note Settings are no t retained w hen you sw itch betw een modes. 3. Set Input Settings. Input Setti ngs 4. Click Preview . Preview images a ppear in the Preview area. Note If you scan without preview, the s how-through redu ction fun ction will b e active. This functio n is useful when scan ning magazines. However, when scan ning photos, the color[...]

  • Pagina 557

    Advanced Mode Tab Page top Page 557 of 973 pages Scanning in Advanced Mode[...]

  • Pagina 558

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) > Scanning in Auto Scan Mod e Scanning in A uto Scan Mode You can sca n easil y in Auto Sca n Mode of ScanGear ( scanner driver) by lettin g it auto matical ly determi ne the type of d ocumen ts plac e[...]

  • Pagina 559

    on the Sc an tab of the Preferen ces dia log box. Scan Tab Related Topic Auto Scan Mode Tab Page top Page 559 of 973 pages Scanning in Auto Scan Mode[...]

  • Pagina 560

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) > Scanning Multipl e Documents from the ADF (Auto Docu ment Feeder) in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the A DF (A u to Document Feeder) in A dvanced Mode In Advanced Mode, you can spe c[...]

  • Pagina 561

    Starts scanning. Note Click (Inform ation) to open a di alog bo x in which you can ch eck the current s can se ttings (document t yp e, et c.). ScanGear's response af ter scanning can be sp ecified in Status of ScanGear dialog af ter scanning on the Sc an tab of the Preferen ces dia log box. Scan Tab Related Topic Advanced Mode Tab Page top Pa[...]

  • Pagina 562

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) > Scanning Multipl e Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Drive r) Scanning Multiple Documents at One Tim e wi th ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) You can scan tw o or more photo s (small documents) [...]

  • Pagina 563

    3. Click Preview . Thumbnails of the preview images appear in the Preview are a. Images are cro pped (scan areas are specif ied) autom atical ly accordi ng to the docume nt size. 4. Set Destination. 5. Set Output Size. 6. Adjust the sca n areas (crop ping frames ) and set Image c orrections as required. Note You can corre ct each image s eparatel y[...]

  • Pagina 564

    8. Click Scan . Scanning M ultiple Documents in W hole Image View Follow these steps i f thumbn ails are not dis played corre ctly when previewed or if you want to scan multiple docum ents as a single image. Note Positions of slanted docum ents are not corr ected in wh ole image view. 1. After previewing images, click (Thumbnail) on the Toolbar. Sw[...]

  • Pagina 565

    Note ScanGear's response af ter scanning can be sp ecified in Status of ScanGear dialog af ter scanning on the Sc an tab of the Preferen ces dia log box. Scan Tab Page top Page 565 of 973 pages Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)[...]

  • Pagina 566

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Correctin g Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) Correcting Images and A djusting Col ors wi th ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) The following se ctions provide you with tips and kn ow-how on advanced sc anning techniq ues invol ving color/brightn ess [...]

  • Pagina 567

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Correctin g Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) > Correcting Images (Unsha rp Mask, Reduce Dust and Scratches, Fadin g Correction, etc.) Correcting Images (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Dust and Scratches, Fading Correction, etc.) The Image Sett ings [...]

  • Pagina 568

    Reducing show -through in text documents or li ghtening the base color in recy cled paper, new spapers, etc. w hen sc anning from the ADF ( Auto Document Feeder) Set Reduce Show-through to L ow or High acco rding to the degree of show-throug h or darkn ess of the base color. None Low Sharpening slightly out-of-focu s i mages Set Unsharp Mask to ON.[...]

  • Pagina 569

    Correcting photos that have fade d w ith time or due to colorca st Set Fading Correction to Low, Medium or High accord ing to th e degree o f fading or colorc ast. None Medium Reducing graininess Set Grain Correc tion to L ow, Medium or High ac cording to the deg ree of gra ininess . None Medium Correcting backli t images Set Backl ight Correc tion[...]

  • Pagina 570

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Correctin g Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) > Adjusting Colo rs Using a Color Pattern A djusting Colors Using a Color Pattern You can preview colo r change s and rep roduce n atural co lors by us ing the Co lor Pattern f unction in ScanGe[...]

  • Pagina 571

    It is recommen ded that you fi nd a port ion in the image w here it should be white, a nd adjust the colors so that the p ortion turn s white. Preview image app ears in the cente r. Preview image c olors c hange as you adjus t them. Below is a n example of corre cting a bluish image. Since Blu e and Green are too s trong, cl ick the Yellow and Mage[...]

  • Pagina 572

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Correctin g Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) > Adjusting Saturation an d Color Balan ce A djusting Saturation and Color Balance In ScanGear (scanne r driver)'s Advanced Mode tab, cli ck (Saturat ion/Color Ba lance). Note Click Default[...]

  • Pagina 573

    Move (Sl ider) und er Color Bala nce to t he left or right to e mphasi ze the corres pondin g color. Cy an & Red Magenta & Green Yellow & Blue These are co mpleme ntary color pairs (ea ch pair p roduces a shad e of gray when mixed). You can reproduce the natu ral colo rs of the scene b y reducing the cas t color a nd incre asing t he co[...]

  • Pagina 574

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Correctin g Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) > Adjusting Brightness an d Contrast A djusting Brightness and Contrast In ScanGear (scanne r driver)'s Advanced Mode tab, cli ck (Brightness/Contrast) . Note Click (Dow n arrow) to switch [...]

  • Pagina 575

    Note Only Grayscale will be displa yed in Channe l when Color Mode is Grayscale. Brightness Adjust th e image brightne ss. Move ( Slider) und er Brightne ss to th e left to darken an d right to brighten the imag e. You can al so ente r a value (-12 7 to 127). Darkened Original image Brightened Note Highligh ts may be l ost if you b righten t he ima[...]

  • Pagina 576

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Correctin g Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) > Adjusting Histogram A djusting Histogram In ScanGear (scanne r driver)'s Advanced Mode tab, cli ck (Histogram). Note Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current w indow . Chann[...]

  • Pagina 577

    (1) Bright are a (2) Dark area (3) W h ole ima ge More data is di stributed to the highlight side. More data is di stributed to the shadow side. Data is w idely distributed between the highlight and shadow. A djusting Histo grams (Using the Sli der) Select a Channel, t hen move (Black -point Sli der) or ( W hite-point Slider) to specify the level t[...]

  • Pagina 578

    Moving the M id-point Slider Move the Mid-point Slider to speci fy the level to be set a s the mi ddle of the tonal range. Images w ith more data distributed to the highlight side Move the Mid-point Slider to ward the highl ight si de. Images w ith more data distributed to t he shadow si de Move the Mid-point Slider to ward the shado w side. A djus[...]

  • Pagina 579

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Correctin g Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) > Adjusting Tone Curve A djusting Ton e Curve In ScanGear (scanne r driver)'s Advanced Mode tab, cli ck (Tone Curve Settings). Note Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current w [...]

  • Pagina 580

    A djusting Tone Curve In Select Tone Curve, selec t a tone curve from No correcti on, Overexposure, Undere xposure, High contrast , Reverse the negative/po sitive im age and Ed it cust om curve. No correction (No adju stment) Overexpos ure (Convex curve ) The midtone data of th e input side is stretch ed toward the hi ghlight of the ou tput sid e, [...]

  • Pagina 581

    Edit custom curv e You can drag s pecifi c point s on the Tone Curve to freely ad just the brightne ss of th e corresp onding areas. Page top Page 581 of 973 pages Adjusting Tone Curve[...]

  • Pagina 582

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Correctin g Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) > Setting Threshold Setting T hreshold The brightness of color and grayscale images is expressed in a value between 0 and 255. However, in creating black and w hite images, all colors are mapped[...]

  • Pagina 583

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Sc anGear (Scanner Driv er) Screens ScanGear (Scanner Driv er) Screens The following se ctions describe ScanGear ( scanner driver)'s screens and functions, and how to use ScanGear. Basic Mode Tab Advanced Mode Tab Input Setti ngs Output Settin gs Image Settings Co[...]

  • Pagina 584

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens > Basic Mode Tab Basic Mode Tab This mode allow s you to sca n easily by follow ing the on-scr een steps. This section describes th e settings and functions available in Basic Mo de. W h en sca nning from the ADF (Auto Documen t Fee[...]

  • Pagina 585

    Scan doc uments from the ADF (Auto Docum ent Feed er) in bla ck and white. Important Some app licatio ns do no t suppor t continu ous sc anning from the ADF (Auto Docum ent Feede r). For detail s, refer to the app licatio n's manua l. Note W h en you sel ect a do cument type, the Unsh arp Mask funct ion will be a ctive. W h en you sel ect an o[...]

  • Pagina 586

    displayed, the portion wit hin the cropping frame will be scanned. W hen no cropp ing frame is displayed, each frame is scanned individually . In whole image view W h en no cro pping fra me is d isplayed, the enti re Preview area will be s canned. W h en a cropping frame is d isplayed, the po rtion within t he cropping frame w ill be scanned. Paper[...]

  • Pagina 587

    You can adju st the s can area within the Preview area. If an area is not s pecifi ed, the do cument will be sca nned at t he docum ent size (Au to Crop). If a n area is specified, only the portion in the crop ping frame will be scanned. Adjusting Cropping Fram es Image corrections Fading co rrection Corrects a nd scan s photos that have f aded wit[...]

  • Pagina 588

    (Rotate Right) Rotates the pr eview image 90 d egrees clockwise. - The result w ill be reflected in the sca nned image. - The image re turns to its origi nal sta te when you preview again. (A uto Crop) Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to t he size of the docume nt displayed in the Preview area. The sc an area is reduc ed every [...]

  • Pagina 589

    Note W hen multiple images a re previewed, d if ferent outlines indicat e diff erent selection status. - Focus Fr ame (thick blue outline): The disp layed settings w ill be applied. - Selected Frame (th in blue outline): The setting s will be app lied to t he Focus Frame a nd Selected Fram es simultaneously. Y ou can select multiple images by click[...]

  • Pagina 590

    Page top Page 590 of 973 pages Basic Mode Tab[...]

  • Pagina 591

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens > Advanced Mode Tab A dvanced Mode Tab This mode allow s you to m ake adv anced scan se ttings such as the color mode, output reso lution, image brightnes s and color tone. This secti on desc ribes th e settin gs and f unction s ava[...]

  • Pagina 592

    Enter Settin g Name and click Add. The nam e appear s in Favorit e Settings List. W h en you cli ck Save, the item ap pears in the Favorite Settings list an d can be selec ted, alon g with the prede f ined items. To delete an item, s elect it in Favorite Settings L ist and click Delete. Cli ck Save to save settin gs displa yed in Favorite Settings [...]

  • Pagina 593

    Preview Performs a trial scan. Scan Scanning starts. Note W hen scanning starts, the progress w ill be displayed . Click Cancel to cancel th e scan. W h en sca nning is compl eted, a d ialog bo x prompting you to select the next action may open. Follow the prom pt to co mplete. For detai ls, see Status of ScanGear di alog afte r scanni ng in "[...]

  • Pagina 594

    (Thumbnail)/ (Whole Image) Switches the vie w in the Preview area. Preview Area (Clear) Click th is butto n to dele te the pre view image. It also resets t he Toolbar and color ad justment settings. (Crop) Allows you to sp ecify the s can area by dragging the mou se. (M ov e Image) If an enl arged im age is t oo large to fit in t he Preview area, y[...]

  • Pagina 595

    (Information) Displays th e version o f ScanGear an d the cu rrent sca n settin gs (doc ument type, etc.). (Open Guide) This page appears. Preview Area Preview A rea This is where a tri al ima ge is di splayed af ter you clic k Preview. You can al so chec k the re sults o f the settings (image corrections, color ad justments, etc.) made in " S[...]

  • Pagina 596

    Note You can spec ify the sc an area (c ropping frame) on the dis played ima ge. In thu mbnail view, you can only create one crop ping fram e per im age. In whole image view, you ca n create multipl e croppi ng frame s. Adjusting Cropping Fram es Related Topic Scanning in Advance d Mode Page top Page 596 of 973 pages Advanced Mode Tab[...]

  • Pagina 597

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens > Input Settings Input Settings Input Settings a llows you to set the followin g items: Select Source The type of docu ment to be scan ned is d isplayed. To scan from the Plat en, sele ct Platen . To scan fro m the ADF (Auto Documen[...]

  • Pagina 598

    Important The Orientation dialog b ox can only be op ened when Sele ct Source is Docu ment (ADF Sim plex). Color Mode Select ho w to scan the docume nt. Color Select this mode to scan color document s or to create color images. This mode rende rs the image i n 256 le vels (8 bit) of R(ed), G(reen), and B(lue ). Gray scale Select this mode to scan b[...]

  • Pagina 599

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens > Output Settings Output Sett ings Output Settings allows y ou to set the following items: Output Resolution Select th e resolu tion to s can at. The higher th e resolu tion (value), the more detail i n your imag e. Select a resolut[...]

  • Pagina 600

    W h en no cro pping fra me is d isplayed, the enti re Preview area will be s canned. W h en a cro pping frame is displaye d, the portion w ithin the cropp ing frame will be sca nned. Note To enlarge/reduce the scanned image, enter values into (W idth) and (Height) in Output Settings or specify a value (by 1%) for %. The m aximum value availabl e fo[...]

  • Pagina 601

    Data Size An image file is created when the preview image is sc anned. It s size when saved in BMP format is displayed. Note W h en the fi le size exceeds a certai n size, the value appe ars in re d. In that case, a warning message app ears whe n you click Scan. It is recomme nded that you adjust the settings to reduce Data Size. To conti nue, sc a[...]

  • Pagina 602

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens > Image Settings Image Settings Important Do not app ly these fun ctions to imag es without mo ire, dus t/scratc hes or fa ded col ors. The col or tone may be adversely affe cted. Image c orrection results may not be reflecte d in t[...]

  • Pagina 603

    News paper Applies Image Adjustment suitable fo r newspapers. Document Applies Image Adj ustmen t suitab le for text docum ents. Important You can set I mage Adj ustment after preview. You can set this setting w hen Recommen ded is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preference s dialo g box. Note If the im age is n ot adjus ted prope rly wit[...]

  • Pagina 604

    This functi on may not be effect ive for som e types of p hotos. Note It is recommen ded that you select None w hen scanning printed materials. Fading Correction Use this function to correc t photos that have f aded with tim e or have a c olorcas t. Colorca st is a phenome non where a sp ecific color a ffects th e entire p icture d ue to the weathe[...]

  • Pagina 605

    Important You can set Ba cklig ht Correctio n after pre view. You can set this setting w hen Recommen ded is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preference s dialo g box. Backlig ht Correcti on may not b e effect ive if the s can area is too s mall. Note Noise pat terns ma y appear when Back light Corre ction i s appli ed. Applying Grain Corr[...]

  • Pagina 606

    Note Cover the doc ument with bla ck cl oth if white sp ots, stre aks, or colored patterns appear in scan results due to ambient light enter ing betwee n the document an d the Platen. If the sh adow is not c orrected p roperly, adj ust the c ropping frame on the preview imag e. Adjusting Cropping Fram es Page top Page 606 of 973 pages Image Setting[...]

  • Pagina 607

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens > Colo r Adjustment Buttons Color A djustment Buttons The Color Adjus tment But tons all ow you to make f ine corre ctions to the im age brig htness and colo r tones. Y ou can adjust the image's overall brightness or co ntrast,[...]

  • Pagina 608

    (Histogram) A histogra m allo ws you to see the data co ncentrati on at eac h bright ness le vel of an i mage. You ca n specif y the darkes t level (sh adow) and brigh test level (highlig ht) within an i mage, c ut the le vels and expand t he middle of the tonal range of the image. Adjusting Histogram (Tone Curve Settings) Adjust th e brightn ess o[...]

  • Pagina 609

    Enter Settin g Name and click Add. The nam e appear s in Tone Curve Set tings Li st or Thresho ld Settings List. Click Save to save. You can load and app ly the saved to ne curve/thre shold s ettings to a previe w image. To load t he settings, select th e saved item from the pull-dow n menu. To delete an item, s elect it in Tone Curve Setti ngs Lis[...]

  • Pagina 610

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens > Au to Scan Mode Tab A uto Scan Mode Tab This mode a llows you to sc an eas ily by simpl y placing docume nts on th e Platen o r ADF (Auto Docu ment Feeder) an d clic king a b utton. In Auto Sca n Mode, docum ents are a utomati cal[...]

  • Pagina 611

    " Placing Docume nts " appears. Execute recommended image correction Select th is chec kbox to apply su itable c orrectio ns autom atical ly based o n the doc ument t ype. Important W h en this check box is selec ted in Sca nGear (sca nner driver) s tarted from MP Navigator EX, the files can be saved in JPEG/Exif or PDF format only. Scann[...]

  • Pagina 612

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens > Preference s Dialog Box Preferences Dialog Box Click Pref erences ... in the ScanGear (sc anner dri ver) screen to open Pre ferences dialog box. In the Prefe rences dialog b ox, you can make advanced settings to ScanGea r functio [...]

  • Pagina 613

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens > Scanner Tab Scanner T ab On the Scann er tab, you c an spec ify the fol lowing settin gs. Quiet Mode Select th is chec kbox to reduc e scann er sound by slowing down the s canner head when previewing o r scanning doc uments. Note [...]

  • Pagina 614

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens > Preview Tab Prev iew Tab On the Preview tab, you c an spec ify the foll owing settin gs. Prev iew at Start of ScanGear Select what to d o with Preview when ScanGear (sc anner dri ver) is starte d. A utomaticall y Execute Preview S[...]

  • Pagina 615

    Cropping Size for Thumbnail View Select the cropp ing size for thumbnails o f scanned do cuments. Larger Displays 1 05% (in width a nd heigh t) of the a rea disp layed for the standard size. Standard The standard size. Smaller Displays 9 5% (in width an d height ) of the are a displ ayed for the s tandard size. Note W h en you cha nge the Crop ping[...]

  • Pagina 616

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens > Scan Tab Scan Tab On the Scan tab, you ca n speci fy the follo wing settings . Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning Select what to d o with ScanGear (s canner d river) after s canning images . Close ScanGear automatically Sele[...]

  • Pagina 617

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens > Colo r Settings Tab Color Settings T ab On the Color Se ttings ta b, you can specif y the following s ettings . Color A djustment Select ei ther of th e following. You can sel ect one when Co lor Mode is Color or Grayscale. Recomm[...]

  • Pagina 618

    monitor. Click Defa ults to return to th e defaul t Monitor Gamma valu e (2.20). Note Refer to the manual of your moni tor to ch eck its gamma value. If it is not written in the m anual, contact the man ufacturer. Page top Page 618 of 973 pages Color Settings Tab[...]

  • Pagina 619

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Append ix: Useful Information on Scanning A ppendix: Useful Information on Scanning A djusting the cr opping frame (scan area) Adjusting Cropping Fram es Selecting the best resolution Resolution Learning about file format s File Forma ts Learning about Color Matching C[...]

  • Pagina 620

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Append ix: Useful Information on Scanning > Adjusting Crop ping Frames A djusting Cropping F ram es You can spec ify the sc an area b y creating a croppi ng frame o n the im age dis played in the Preview area of the Sca nGear (sca nner driver) s creen. W hen you cli[...]

  • Pagina 621

    The cursor will change into (Crosshair ar row) w hen it is positione d within a cr opping frame. Click and drag the mous e to move t he entire croppin g frame. Note In Advanced Mode, y ou can specify the cropping frame size by entering the values into (W idth) and (Height) in Inpu t Settings . Input Setti ngs You can rotate a croppi ng frame 90 deg[...]

  • Pagina 622

    You can crea te multi ple crop ping fram es and apply differe nt scan setting s to eac h croppi ng frame . You can also select multiple cro pping frames by clicking them w hile pressing t he Ctrl key. If you sele ct multi ple cro pping fram es and change the setti ngs on a tab at th e right o f ScanGear, th e settings will be applied to all t he se[...]

  • Pagina 623

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Append ix: Useful Information on Scanning > Resolution Resolution What is Resolution? The data in th e image you have sc anned is a coll ection o f dots c arrying info rmation a bout brig htness and color. The density of these dots is called "reso lution",[...]

  • Pagina 624

    Setting the Resolution in Sca nGear (Sca nner Driver) In ScanGear, you can sp ecify the re solutio n with Output Reso lution i n Output Sett ings on the Advanced Mode tab. Example of Appropriate Resolution w hen Printing to Sca le The scanning reso lution is automatically set so that the value set in Ou tput Resolution w ill be the resoluti on of t[...]

  • Pagina 625

    slow down signifi cantly, an d you will experience i nconvenie nce suc h as l ack of m emory. Set th e minimum required res olution according to the use of the imag e. Page top Page 625 of 973 pages Resolution[...]

  • Pagina 626

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Append ix: Useful Information on Scanning > File Formats File Formats You can select a file format w hen saving scanned images. Y ou should sp ecify the most suitable format accordi ng to how you want to us e the im age on which applic ation. Available fi le forma t[...]

  • Pagina 627

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Scanning w ith Other Application Software > Append ix: Useful Information on Scanning > Color Matching Color Matching Color Matching adjusts devices as show n below to match the colors of an ima ge displayed on a monitor or a printe d image with the col ors of the original docum ent. Example: When sRGB i s se[...]

  • Pagina 628

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Ca non IJ Network Scan Utility Screens Canon IJ Netw ork Scan Utility Scr eens Canon IJ Network Scan Utility Men u and Setting Screen Page top Page 628 of 973 pages Canon IJ Network Scan Utility Screens[...]

  • Pagina 629

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Ca non IJ Network Scan Utility Screens > Cano n IJ Network Scan Utility Menu an d Setting Screen Canon IJ Netw ork Scan Utility Menu and Setting Screen Set up Canon IJ Network Scan Utility to s can ima ges int o a com puter over a n etwork using the Operatio n Panel of t he mach ine. After insta llation , Canon [...]

  • Pagina 630

    Select th e produc t you want to use. Scanners that are re gistered to the s ystem are d isplayed. Select th e check box of the produ ct you want to use. You can sel ect up to three sc anners. Click Instructions to open this page. Note If the sc anner you want to use is not disp layed, che ck the f ollowing con ditions and cl ick OK to c lose the d[...]

  • Pagina 631

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Other Scanni ng Methods Other Scanning Metho ds Scanning with W IA Driver Scanning Using th e Control Pan el (W indows XP Only) Page top Page 631 of 973 pages Other Scanning Methods[...]

  • Pagina 632

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Other Scanni ng Methods > Scanning with W IA Drive r Scanning with WIA Dr iver You can sca n an im age from a W IA-compli ant appli cation and use the ima ge in tha t applic ation. W i ndows Image Acquisi tion (W IA) is a driver mode l imple mented in W indows XP or later. It allows you to scan do cument s witho[...]

  • Pagina 633

    The currently se t produc t name i s displ ayed. To chang e the sc anner, cl ick Cha nge... and selec t the produ ct you want to us e. Profile Select Pho to (Default ) or Docume nts acc ording t o the doc ument to be sca nned. To save a new Profile, select Add profile.... Y ou can specify the details in the Add New Profile dialog box. Source Select[...]

  • Pagina 634

    scann er or camera from .) (Select the c ommand to sc an a doc ument in the application.) 3. Select an imag e ty pe ac cording to the doc ument to be sc anned . To scan from the Plate n, sele ct Flatbe d for Paper source. To scan from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), s elect Doc ument Fe eder. Note To scan with the val ues previou sly set in Adjust [...]

  • Pagina 635

    W i th network con nection , you canno t speci fy Brightnes s and Con trast. 5. Click Preview to preview the image. The preview image ap pears on the right . Drag to spec ify the sc an area. Important W i th network con nection , scan without preview when scanni ng docu ments f rom the ADF (Au to Document Feeder). If you preview, place the docu men[...]

  • Pagina 636

    Advanced Guide > Scanning > Other Scanni ng Methods > Scanning Usin g the Control Panel (W indows XP Only ) Scanning Using the Cont rol Panel (Windows XP Only) You can sca n image s via the Con trol Panel of W indows XP using th e W IA driver. Important W ith network connection, you cannot scan using the W I A driver. 1. From the Start men[...]

  • Pagina 637

    Brightness Move the slider to adjust t he bright ness. Move it to th e left to darken a nd right t o brighte n the image. You c an also enter a valu e (-127 to 127). Contrast Move the slider to adjust t he contra st. Moving it to th e left will de crease t he contra st of the image, thus so ftening t he imag e. Moving it to the r ight will inc reas[...]

  • Pagina 638

    Advanced Guide > Faxing Faxing Sending/Re ceiving Fa xes Using the Opera tion Pane l of the Machin e Sending F axes from a Comp uter Page top Page 638 of 973 pages Faxing[...]

  • Pagina 639

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Send ing/Receivi ng Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Sending/Receiv ing Faxes Using th e Operation Panel of the Machine Sending Fax es Sending a Fax after Speaking on Telephone Registering Rec ipients for Speed Dialing Sending a Fax Using the Spe ed Dialin g Feature Searching a Registere d Dial Code Num[...]

  • Pagina 640

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Sending Faxes Sending Faxes For the pre parations required to send faxes, or the ba sic proc edure fo r sendin g faxes using the Numeri c buttons, refer to Sending Faxes . Page top Page 640 of 973 pages Sending Faxes[...]

  • Pagina 641

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Sending a Fax after Speaking on Teleph one Sending a F ax afte r Speaking on T elephone If you want to spe ak to the recipie nt before sending a fax, or if the re cipien t does no t have a fax mach ine that can receive faxes aut omatica lly, send a[...]

  • Pagina 642

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Registering Recipien ts for Speed Dialing Registering Recipients for Speed Dialing Speed dialing allow s you to dial fax/telephone n umbers by simp ly pressing a few buttons. The following speed dialing method s are available: Coded Spee d Diali ng[...]

  • Pagina 643

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Registering Recipien ts for Speed Dialing > Registering Code d Speed Dial Numbers Registering Coded Speed Dial Numbers Before you ca n use th e coded speed d ialing f eature, you n eed to reg ister the recipie nts' numb ers. Note You can re[...]

  • Pagina 644

    Note To register ano ther recipient's name an d number to a co ded speed dial code, repeat steps 4 to 8. For a lis t of the re cipient s you have regi stered, p rint the c oded s peed dia l code l ist. For details , see Printing a List of the Registere d Destinations . Page top Page 644 of 973 pages Registering Coded Speed Dial Numbers[...]

  • Pagina 645

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Registering Recipien ts for Speed Dialing > Registering Group Dial Numbers Registering Group Dial Numbers To send the same document to several recip ients successively, select the num bers you reg istered to the coded speed dial codes and regist[...]

  • Pagina 646

    To register an other grou p, repeat steps 4 to 7. For a lis t of the e ntries you h ave made, p rint the Grou p dial c ode lis t. For deta ils, s ee Printing a List of the Registered Des tinations . Page top Page 646 of 973 pages Registering Group Dial Numbers[...]

  • Pagina 647

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Registering Recipien ts for Speed Dialing > Changing Regi stered Information Changing Registered Informat ion To change information registered for speed dia ling, follow the pro cedure below . Note You can chan ge regis tered inf ormation using [...]

  • Pagina 648

    Page top Page 648 of 973 pages Changing Registered Information[...]

  • Pagina 649

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Registering Recipien ts for Speed Dialing > Deleti ng Registered Information Deleting Registered Information To delete information r egistered for speed dialing , follow the proce dure below . Note Y ou can delete reg istered inform ation using [...]

  • Pagina 650

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Registering Recipien ts for Speed Dialing > Printing a List of the Registered Destinations Printing a List of the Registered Destinatio ns You can print a list o f the reci pients registere d for spe ed diali ng and c an kee p it near t he mach [...]

  • Pagina 651

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Sending a Fax Using the Speed Dial ing Feature Sending a Fax Using the Speed Dialing Feature Registering fax o r telephone numb ers for speed dialing enab les you to send f axes ea sily. Note For the pre parations required to send faxes, or the ba [...]

  • Pagina 652

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Searching a Registered Di al Code Numb er by Name (Directory Dialing) Searching a Registered Dial Code Number by Name (Directory Dialing) You can search the fax/t elephone number s registered to the coded speed dial code s in alphabetical order. No[...]

  • Pagina 653

    Page top Page 653 of 973 pages Searching a Registered Dial Code Number by Name (Directory Dialing)[...]

  • Pagina 654

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > S ending the Same Document to Several Reci pients (Sequen tial Broadcasting ) Sending the Same Document to Sev eral Recipients (Sequential Broadcasting) This machine allow s you to p repare for sending th e same document to a maximum of 21 r ecipie[...]

  • Pagina 655

    Important Color transmissio n is available on ly when the recipi ent's fax machine supports color faxing. Note To cancel sequential broadca sting, press the Stop button. To cancel a fax transmiss ion while it is in progress , press the Stop button , then fol low the instru ctions on the LCD. If docum ents rem ain in t he ADF after t he Stop bu[...]

  • Pagina 656

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Resending Faxes (Rediali ng a Busy Number) Resending Faxes (Redialing a Busy Number) There are two method s of redi aling: Au tomatic rediali ng and Manual re dialin g. Automatic Redialing Manual Redialing Important It may b e possible that faxes w[...]

  • Pagina 657

    Coded Dia l or Redial/Pause button. To cancel manu al redialing, press the Stop butt on. Page top Page 657 of 973 pages Resendin g Faxes (Redialing a Busy Number)[...]

  • Pagina 658

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using the Hook Button Using the Hook Button Follow the proc edure be low to send fa xes using the Hook button. Note You can use the Hook button only when Hook k ey setting i s set to Enable. For detail s, see Hook k ey setting . Important It may b [...]

  • Pagina 659

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using the Useful Transmission Function s Using the Useful Transmission Functions Using the Informati on Services Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes For sendi ng faxes from your comput er, refer to Sen ding[...]

  • Pagina 660

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using the Information Services Using the Information Serv ices You can use various inf ormation services such a s provided b y banks, a nd mak e airline reservation s or hotel res ervations. Since the se servic es requi re tone di aling to use the [...]

  • Pagina 661

    You can use the Hook button only when Hook k ey setting i s set to Enable. For detail s, see Hook k ey setting . 1. Press the FA X button. 2. Press the Hook button. 3. Use the Nume ric buttons to dial the numbe r of the information service. 4. When the recorded message for the information service answers, press the Tone button to switch to tone dia[...]

  • Pagina 662

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > T ransmi ssion/ Reception of Faxes Using ECM Transmission/Reception o f Faxes Using ECM This mach ine is s et to se nd/recei ve faxes in Error Correc tion Mode (ECM). If the recip ient's fax mach ine is com patible with ECM, ECM automa ticall [...]

  • Pagina 663

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes Prev enting Mistransmission of Faxes This machine has tw o functions for preventing the mistransmission of faxes. Sending faxes after dialing the fax/telephone number tw ice Sending F axes after Dialin g Twice (F[...]

  • Pagina 664

    matches the dialed num ber. 1. Press the FA X button, then press the Menu button. The Fax se ttings screen is display ed. 2. Use the button to select Transmission sett ings, then press the OK button. 3. Use the button to select Check RX fax info, then p ress the OK button. 4. Use the button to select ON, then press the OK bu tton. Important Transmi[...]

  • Pagina 665

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Receiving Faxes Receivi ng Faxes Refer to Re ceiving Fa xes for info rmation on recei ving faxes or the rec eive mode setting s. Page top Page 665 of 973 pages Receiving Faxes[...]

  • Pagina 666

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Chan ging the Print Settings Changing the Print Setting s This mach ine print s received faxes to paper l oaded on the Rear Tray. You can u se the Ope ration Pan el to chang e the pap er settin gs for pri nting fa xes. Make sure that the setting s [...]

  • Pagina 667

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Sett ing the Nu mber of Rings for Fax Calls Setting the Number of Rings for Fax Cal ls W h en Fax priority mod e or Fax only mode is sel ected as the rece ive mode, you can sp ecify how many times t he external device rings fo r fax calls from Ring[...]

  • Pagina 668

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using the Useful Reception Functio ns Using the Useful Rece ption Functions Memory Reception Remote Recep tion Rejectin g Fax Reception Using the Caller ID Servic e to Rejec t Calls Page top Page 668 of 973 pages Using the Us eful Reception Functio[...]

  • Pagina 669

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Memory Reception Memory Reception If the ma chine re ceives a f ax under one of th e following c onditio ns, it will n ot be abl e to print the rece ived fax and will store it in its m emory. The I n Use/Memory lamp is lit and Received in memo ry i[...]

  • Pagina 670

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Remote Reception Remote Reception If the ma chine i s locat ed away from the te lephone , pick up the ha ndset of the telep hone co nnected to the machin e and di al 25 (the remote re ception ID) to rece ive faxes (remote re ception ). If you use a[...]

  • Pagina 671

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Rejecting Fax Reception Rejecting Fax Reception You can set t he mach ine to re ject faxes with no s ender in formation or those from sp ecific senders . Select on e of the f ollowing con ditions to rejec t faxes. Faxes with no ca ller identificati[...]

  • Pagina 672

    Register re jected n o. Data en try OK is displ ayed on the LCD, then the LCD returns to the sc reen for registering a rejected number. 4. Repeat step s 2 and 3 to co ntinue registering n umbers to reject. You can regis ter up to 10 rejec ted numb ers. Note W h en the m achine rejects receptio n, Recepti on rejec ted is d isplayed on the LCD. You c[...]

  • Pagina 673

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using th e Caller ID Service to Reject Calls Using the Caller ID S ervice to Reject Calls If you subs cribe to the Calle r ID service, t he mach ine dete cts the sender's Ca ller ID. If th e sende r's ID does not ma tch the conditions spe[...]

  • Pagina 674

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Document Stored in Memory Document Stored in Memory In the fol lowing case s, the m achine is not a ble to pri nt the rec eived fax and will aut omatica lly store th e fax in its memory . Ink has run out. Paper has run out. A different size of pape[...]

  • Pagina 675

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Document Stored in Memory > Printing a Do cum ent in Memory Printing a Document i n Memory If the ma chine was no t able to send a fax or print a rece ived fax, it stores the uns ent or unp rinted fa x in its memory. If a n error occ urred duri [...]

  • Pagina 676

    Note If you sele ct No to pri nt all th e pages of the do cument, and all the page s in memory have b een print ed, OK to del ete? is displayed on the LCD. I f you selec t Y es, printed pages in memory are deleted. If there are no documents stored in memory, No d ocuments in memory is displa yed, and the machin e returns to the pre vious scre en. P[...]

  • Pagina 677

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Document Stored in Memory > Deleting a Docum ent in Me m ory Deleting a Document in Memory Deleting a Specifi ed Docum ent in Memory Deleting Al l the Doc uments in Memory Deleting a Specified Document in M emory 1. Press the FA X button, then p[...]

  • Pagina 678

    4. Use the button to select Yes, then press the OK button. Note This functi on is no t availabl e while the m achine is recei ving a fax. Page top Page 678 of 973 pages Deleting a Document in Memory[...]

  • Pagina 679

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Document Stored in Memory > Saving a Document in Memo ry to USB Flash Drive Saving a Document in Memory to USB Flash Driv e You can save s ent/recei ved faxes on a USB fla sh drive as PDF files using t he Operation Panel of the machine. Importan[...]

  • Pagina 680

    To save other do cuments , repeat the proce dure from steps 5 and 6. 7. Press the Back button or Stop button. Note You can save up to 50 pages of fax as one PDF file. You can save up to 2000 PDF files on a USB flash drive. Faxes are saved ac cordin g to the o rder of the transact ion num ber when Save all d ocumen ts is selected. If the USB fla sh [...]

  • Pagina 681

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Summary of Reports and Lists Summary of Reports and Lists The table below shows the reports and lists that can be printed from the ma chine. Refer to the pages indicated for more details. Report or List Description Activity report Shows recent fa x[...]

  • Pagina 682

    Printing the Activity report manually 1. Load pa per. Refer to Loading Paper / Or iginals . 2. Press the FA X button, then press the Menu button. The Fax se ttings screen is display ed. 3. Use the button to select Print reports/lists, then press the OK button. 4. Use the button to select A ctiv ity report, then press the OK button. The Activity rep[...]

  • Pagina 683

    The Fax se ttings screen is display ed. 3. Use the button to select Print reports/lists, then press the OK button. 4. Use the button to select Rejected numb er list, then press the OK button. The Rejected numb er list is printed. Caller History List This functi on may not be availabl e depen ding on t he coun try or region o f purchas e. Printing t[...]

  • Pagina 684

    operation. See Docum ent Jam s in th e ADF . #003 Document is too long. You attempted to send a document longer than 15.75 inches / 400 mm. You cannot send a document longer than 15.75 in ches / 4 00 mm f rom the ADF. #003 is also pr inted if it takes time to send a page. Divide the docu ment or s et the i mage quality (Fax resolu tion) to a lower [...]

  • Pagina 685

    The causes co rrespond ing to the error numbers are as follows. No. Cause Action #003 It tak es too long to receive a page. Contact the sender and hav e the sender divide the fax or set the image quality (Fax resolu tion) to a lower setting and resend it. #005 No answer. W hen rec eiving a fax manu ally, the m achine could not det ect the signals f[...]

  • Pagina 686

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using S peed Dial Utility Using Speed Dial Utility A bout Speed Dia l Utility Speed Dial Utility is a utility for forwarding the fa x/telephone num bers reg istered on the ma chine t o a compu ter and re gisterin g/chang ing them on the c omputer. [...]

  • Pagina 687

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using Speed Dial Utility > Starting Up Speed Dia l Utility Starting Up Speed Dial Utility Before sta rting up Sp eed Dial Uti lity, confi rm the fo llowing: The necessary app licati on softw are (MP Dri vers and Speed Dial Utility) is installed.[...]

  • Pagina 688

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using Speed Dial Utility > Speed Dial Util ity Dialo g box Speed Dial Utility Dialog box The following ite ms are o n the Spee d Dial Utili ty dialog b ox. 1. Printer Name Selects the machine for editing the registere d information using Speed D[...]

  • Pagina 689

    8. Exit Quits Speed Dial Utili ty. Informati on regis tered or ed ited us ing Speed Dial Utili ty is neith er saved on the com puter nor re gistered on the m achine . 9. Save to PC... Saves inform ation ed ited us ing Speed Dial Utili ty on the co mputer. 10. Register to Printer Registers information edited using Speed Dial Utility to the machine. [...]

  • Pagina 690

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using Speed Dial Utility > Saving Reg istered Informatio n on the Machine to your PC Saving Registered Information on the Machine to your PC Follow the procedure below to sa v e the speed dial/group dial numb ers, user's name, fax/t elephon[...]

  • Pagina 691

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using Speed Dial Utility > Registering Recipients for Speed Dia ling Using Speed Dial Utility Registering Recipients for Speed Dialing Using Speed Dial Utility Follow the proc edure be low to registe r fax/telephone n umbers. Note Before you reg[...]

  • Pagina 692

    1. Enter the group name. 2. Select the code you want to add to the group dial, then click Add. Note You can only enter numbers that have already been registered to coded speed dial codes. 6. Click OK. To continue registeri ng fax/telephon e numbe rs or a gro up dial, repeat s teps 4 to 6. To save the regi stered i nformatio n on the compute r. 1. C[...]

  • Pagina 693

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using Speed Dial Utility > Changing Recipients for Speed Dialing Using Speed Dia l Utility Changing Recipients for Speed Dialing Using Speed Dial Utility Follow the pr ocedure below to change fax /telephone numbers. Note Before you ch ange fax/t[...]

  • Pagina 694

    Select the code to add to t he group dial, then click Add. To delete a mem ber: Select th e code t o delete from the g roup dia l, then c lick Del ete. 5. Click OK. To continue chang ing fax/telephone nu mbers or group dials, repeat steps 4 and 5. To save the edi ted inform ation o n the co mputer. 1. Click Sav e to PC.... 2. Enter the file nam e o[...]

  • Pagina 695

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using Speed Dial Utility > Deleting Recipients for Spee d Dialing Using Speed Di al Utility Deleting Recipients for Speed Dialing Usi ng Speed Dial Utility Follow the pr ocedure below to delete fax /telephone numbers. Note Before you del ete fax[...]

  • Pagina 696

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using Speed Dial Utility > Changing Sender Information Using S peed Dial Utility Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility Follow the pr ocedure below to change the user's name or fax/telephone number. 1. Start up Speed Dial Util[...]

  • Pagina 697

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using Speed Dial Utility > Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility Registering/Changing Rejec ted Number Using Spee d Dial Utility Follow the proc edure be low to registe r, change , or dele te reject ed numbe rs. 1. Start [...]

  • Pagina 698

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using Speed Dial Utility > Callin g the Registered Inf ormation Up fro m y our PC and Registering the Info rmation to the Machine Calling the Registered Information Up from your PC and Registering the Information to the Machine You can regis ter[...]

  • Pagina 699

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Sending/Receiving Faxes Using the Operation Panel of the Machine > Using Speed Dial Utility > Uninstalling Spe ed Dial Utility Uninstalling Speed Dial Utility Follow the procedure below to uninstall Speed Dial Utility . Important Log into a user account with administrator priv ilege. 1. Click Start > All Pro[...]

  • Pagina 700

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Send ing Faxes from a Computer Sending Faxes from a Computer Sending a FAX Creating an Address Book Page top Page 700 of 973 pages Sending Faxes from a Computer[...]

  • Pagina 701

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Send ing Faxes from a Computer > Sending a FAX Sending a FA X You can send faxes using the fax driver from ap plicati ons tha t support docume nt printin g. Note You can only sp ecify one fax recipient. You c annot se nd a fax to two or more recipien ts in on e operation. Only black and white t rans mission is sup[...]

  • Pagina 702

    Note You can also register a r ecipient in the recipient list by following th e instructions below : 1. Click Display Addre ss Book ..., sele ct a rec ipient fro m the rec ipient list 2. Click Add to Reci pient Li st 3. Click OK For detail s on valid charac ters, see the hel p for the fa x driver. You can regis ter the rec ipient you entered to the[...]

  • Pagina 703

    Page top Page 703 of 973 pages Sending a FAX[...]

  • Pagina 704

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Send ing Faxes from a Computer > Creating an Address Book Creating an A ddress Book By using the address book, you can se nd a fax by simpl y specifying a recipi ent from it. You can reg ister the recip ient's na me, fax number a nd other informati on in th e address book. Registering a re cipient (WAB contac[...]

  • Pagina 705

    Select Create new W indows Address Book f ile for MP., then click O K. You can also change the setting later so as to b e able to use anot her address book. For details, see the help for the f ax driver. Using an Existing Windows A ddress Book Select th is optio n if you do not creat e a new addres s book file exclusivel y for faxing. Click Sel ect[...]

  • Pagina 706

    6. Enter the First, Middle, and Last of the contact in the Name and E-mail tab (Nam e tab when using oth er than W indows 7/W indo ws Vista) on the Properties sc reen. The recipien t's name will be printe d at the to p of the f ax received by the rec ipient. 7. Enter the fax number on the Hom e or W ork tab, then click OK. Note You can als o r[...]

  • Pagina 707

    Note In W indows XP/W i ndows 2000, you c an use or import another W ind ows Address Bo ok. For details, see the help for t he fax driver. Related Topic Edit or Remo ve a Recipi ent from a n Address Book Search for a Recipie nt in an Address Book Page top Page 707 of 973 pages Creating an Address Book[...]

  • Pagina 708

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Send ing Faxes from a Computer > Edit or Remove a Recipient fro m an Address Book Edit or Remove a Recipient from an A ddress Book You can chan ge the re cipient s' names , fax numbers an d other i nformatio n, or del ete recip ients registered in the addres s book. Editing Recipients in an address book You c[...]

  • Pagina 709

    5. Change information as needed on the Properties dialog box, then click OK. Removing Recipie nts from an address book You can dele te the co ntacts registere d in the a ddress book. 1. From the Start menu, navigate a s follows: Windows 7: From the St art menu, select Control Pan el > Hardware and Sound > Devic es and Pri nters. Windows Vista[...]

  • Pagina 710

    3. In the Canon (model name) series FAX Printing Pref erences dialog box, click Address Book.... 4. Select the recipient y ou want to delete from the Address Book dialog box, then click Delete. 5. W hen a co nfirmation mes sage is dis played, click Y es. Page top Page 710 of 973 pages Edit or Remove a Recipient from an Ad dress Book[...]

  • Pagina 711

    Advanced Guide > Faxing > Send ing Faxes from a Computer > Search for a Recipient in an Address Book Search for a Recipient in an A ddress Book You can sear ch for rec ipients registe red in the address book b y name. 1. Open the do cument you want to fax wit h an a pplication (suc h as W ord), and the n click the Print comma nd. (The comm[...]

  • Pagina 712

    Important You cannot s earch by cri teria oth er than na me. Page top Page 712 of 973 pages Search for a Recipient in an Address Book[...]

  • Pagina 713

    Advanced Guide > Printing Photograp hs Directly from a Compliant Device or a W ireless Co mmunication De vice Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device or a Wireless Communication Devi ce Printing Ph otographs Directly from a Compl iant Device Printing Photogra phs from a W ireless Communication Device Page top Page 713 of 973 pages [...]

  • Pagina 714

    Advanced Guide > Printing Photograp hs Directly from a Compliant Device or a W ireless Co mmunication De vice > Printing Photographs Di rectly fro m a Compliant Devi ce Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device Printing Ph otographs Directly from a Compl iant Device About PictBridge Print Setting s Page top Page 714 of 973 pages P[...]

  • Pagina 715

    Advanced Guide > Printing Photograp hs Directly from a Compliant Device or a W ireless Co mmunication De vice > Printin g Photographs Di rectly fro m a Compliant Devi ce > Printing Photograp hs Directly from a Compliant Device Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device You can conn ect a Pic tBridge c omplia nt device s uch as a[...]

  • Pagina 716

    5. Specify the print settings such as the paper ty pe and lay out. You can perform settin gs usi ng the m enu on th e LCD of your Pic tBridge co mplian t device. Se lect the size and type of paper t hat you load ed in th e machi ne. Settings on a Pict Bridge Comp liant Devic e If your PictBrid ge com pliant d evice does not have a setting menu, c h[...]

  • Pagina 717

    Advanced Guide > Printing Photograp hs Directly from a Compliant Device or a W ireless Co mmunication De vice > Printin g Photographs Di rectly fro m a Compliant Devi ce > About PictBridge Print Settings A bout PictBridge Print Settings Settings on a Pict Bridge Comp liant Devic e Settings on the Machine Settings on a Pic tBridge Compliant[...]

  • Pagina 718

    Trimming Default (Off: No trimm ing), On (fol low the camera 's settin g), Off Settings on the Mac hine You can chan ge the Pi ctBridge p rint sett ings from the Pic tBridge se ttings s creen. Se t the prin t settings to Defaul t on the Pi ctBridge compli ant device when you want to print a ccordin g to the settings on the machine. This sectio[...]

  • Pagina 719

    Advanced Guide > Printing Photograp hs Directly from a Compliant Device or a W ireless Co mmunication De vice > Printing Photographs f rom a W irel ess Communicatio n Device Printing Photographs from a Wireless Communication Device Printing via Bluetooth Commu nication Setting the Page Size, Medi a Type, and Lay out W hen Printing from a Mobi[...]

  • Pagina 720

    Advanced Guide > Printing Photograp hs Directly from a Compliant Device or a W ireless Co mmunication De vice > Printin g Photographs f rom a W irel ess Communicatio n Device > Printing via Bl uetooth Communication Printing via Bluetoo th Communicatio n This section describes th e procedure to p rint photos throug h Bluetooth communicat io[...]

  • Pagina 721

    Bluetooth setting s screen. Changing the Bluetooth Settings Note Communication is p ossible in a range of up to about 33 ft. / 10 m de pending on the cond itions below. Printing speed m ay vary depending on the fo llowing conditions: Presence of obstacles between the comm unication equipme nt, and radio conditions. Presence of magn etic fie lds, st[...]

  • Pagina 722

    Advanced Guide > Printing Photograp hs Directly from a Compliant Device or a W ireless Co mmunication De vice > Printin g Photographs f rom a W irel ess Communicatio n Device > Printing via B luetooth Communication > Chan ging the Bluetooth Settings Changing the Bluet ooth Settings As prepara tion for p rinting th rough Blue tooth co mm[...]

  • Pagina 723

    Advanced Guide > Printing Photograp hs Directly from a Compliant Device or a W ireless Co mmunication De vice > Printin g Photographs f rom a W irel ess Communicatio n Device > Setting the Page Size, Media Type, and Lay out W h en Printing fro m a Mobil e Phone Setting the Page Size, Media Type, a nd Layout When Printing from a Mobile Pho [...]

  • Pagina 724

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance Maintenance Cleaning Your Machine Aligning the Print He ad Performing Maintenance f rom a Comp uter Page top Page 724 of 973 pages Maintenance[...]

  • Pagina 725

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance > Cle aning Your Machine Cleaning Your Machin e Cleaning Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Cleaning the Platen Glass and Docum ent Cover Cleaning the ADF Cleaning the Insi de of the Machine (Bottom Plate Clean ing) Cleaning the Prot rusions inside the Machin e Page top Page 725 of 973 pages Cleaning Your Machin[...]

  • Pagina 726

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance > Cle aning Your Machine > Cleaning Cleaning This section describes th e cleaning procedur e that is needed to maintain your machine. Important Do not use tissue paper, paper to wels, roug h-textured clo th, or similar materia ls f or cleaning th e exterior of the m achine so as no t to scra tch the surface. Be[...]

  • Pagina 727

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance > Cle aning Your Machine > Cle aning the Exterior of the Machin e Cleaning the Exterior of th e Machine Be sure to use a s oft clot h such a s eyeglas ses cl eaning cloth an d wipe off dirt on the s urface ge ntly. Smooth ou t wrinkles on the clo th if nec essary bef ore clea ning. Important Be sure to turn off[...]

  • Pagina 728

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance > Cle aning Your Machine > Cle aning the Platen Glass an d Document Cover Cleaning the Platen G lass and Document Cov er Important Be sure to turn off th e power and dis connec t the po wer plug before cleanin g the ma chine. The power cannot b e turned o ff while the m achine is send ing or rec eiving a f ax, [...]

  • Pagina 729

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance > Cle aning Your Machine > Cleaning the ADF Cleaning the A DF Important Be sure to turn off th e power and dis connec t the po wer plug before cleanin g the ma chine. The power cannot b e turned o ff while the m achine is send ing or rec eiving a f ax, or when there are unsent faxes st ored in the machine &apos[...]

  • Pagina 730

    4. After wiping, close the Document Feeder Cover by pushing it until it clicks into place. 5. Close the Do cument T ray. Page top Page 730 of 973 pages Cleaning the ADF[...]

  • Pagina 731

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance > Cle aning Your Machine > Cleaning the Inside of the M achine (Bottom Plate Cleani ng) Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bo ttom Plate Cleaning) This secti on explains h ow to clean th e insid e of the m achine . If the in side of the mac hine be comes dirty, printed p aper may ge t dirty, so we reco mmend p[...]

  • Pagina 732

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance > Cle aning Your Machine > Cle aning the Protrusion s inside the Machin e Cleaning the Protrusion s inside the Machine If protrusions inside t he machine are stain ed, wipe o f f any ink from the prot rusions using a cotton sw ab or the like. Important Be sure to turn off th e power and dis connec t the po wer [...]

  • Pagina 733

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance > A ligning the Print Hea d A ligning the Print Head Aligning the Print He ad Page top Page 733 of 973 pages Aligning the Print Head[...]

  • Pagina 734

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance > Aligning the Print He ad > Aligni ng the Print Head A ligning the Print Head If printed ruled line s are misaligned or p rint results are othe rwise unsatisfactory , adjust the pr int head position. Note If the rem aining i nk level i s low, the pri nt head a lignme nt sheet will not be pri nted co rrectly. R[...]

  • Pagina 735

    1. Load the p rint head alignment sheet on the Platen Gla ss. Load the print head alignment sheet W ITH THE PRINTED SIDE FACING DOW N and align the mark on the upper lef t corner o f the she et with the ali gnment mark ( ). Note The print hea d alignm ent she et canno t be sc anned if it is lo aded in the ADF. 2. Close the Document Cover gently, th[...]

  • Pagina 736

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance > Perf orming Mainten ance from a Comp uter Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Print Heads Cleaning the Pape r Feed Rollers Aligning the Print He ad Positi on Checkin g the Print Head Nozzles Cleaning Inside th e Machine Page top Page 736 of 973 pages Performing Maintenance from a Computer[...]

  • Pagina 737

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance > Perf orming Mainten ance from a Comp uter > Cleaning the Pri nt Heads Cleaning the Print Heads The print hea d cleani ng func tion all ows you to uncl og clogg ed nozzles i n the prin t head. Pe rform print head cl eaning i f printin g is fai nt or a sp ecific color fa ils to p rint, even th ough there is eno[...]

  • Pagina 738

    5. Check the results To check wheth er the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To cancel the check process , clic k Cancel . Important Cleaning cons umes a sm all amount of ink. Deep Clean ing consum es a larger amou nt of ink than Cleaning. Cleaning the print heads fre quently will rapi dly deplet e your printe r's ink su p[...]

  • Pagina 739

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance > Perf orming Mainten ance from a Comp uter > Cleaning the Pa per Feed Rollers Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers Cleans th e paper fe ed rolle r. Perform fe ed roller cleanin g when there are paper pa rticles sticki ng to the paper fee d roller a nd paper i s not fe d properly. The procedure for perfor ming the f[...]

  • Pagina 740

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance > Perf orming Mainten ance from a Comp uter > Aligning th e Print Head Position A ligning the Print Head Position Print head alignm ent corrects the inst allation positions of the print h ead and improves deviated colors and lines. This machine supports two head alignment methods : automatic head alignmen t and[...]

  • Pagina 741

    W hen you have entered all the necessary value s, click OK. Note If it is difficul t to pic k the bes t pattern , pick t he setti ng that pro duces the leas t notice able vertic al wh ite streaks. (A) Less n oticeab le vertical white streaks (B) More noticeabl e vertical white streaks If it is difficul t to pic k the bes t pattern , pick t he setti[...]

  • Pagina 742

    W hen you have entered all the necessary value s, click OK. Note If it is difficul t to pic k the bes t pattern , pick t he setti ng that pro duces the leas t notice able vertic al wh ite streaks. (A) Less n oticeab le vertical white streaks (B) More noticeabl e vertical white streaks 11. Confirm the displa y ed mes sage a nd click OK The third pat[...]

  • Pagina 743

    W hen you have entered all the necessary value s, click OK. Note If it is difficul t to pic k the bes t pattern , pick t he setti ng that pro duces the leas t notice able horizontal white stripes. (A) Less noticea ble horizontal w hite stripes (B) More noticeabl e horizontal white stripes Note To print and c heck t he curren t setting , open th e S[...]

  • Pagina 744

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance > Perf orming Mainten ance from a Comp uter > Checking the Prin t Head Nozzles Checking the Print Head Nozzles The nozzle check functi on allows you to check whether the prin t heads are working pro perly by printin g a nozzle check pattern. Print the p attern if p rinting b ecomes faint, o r if a sp ecific col[...]

  • Pagina 745

    Advanced Guide > Maintenance > Perf orming Mainten ance from a Comp uter > Cleaning Inside the Machine Cleaning Insid e the Machine Perform bot tom plat e clean ing befo re you execute dupl ex printing to p revent smud ges on the back side of the paper. Also perform bottom plate cleaning if ink smudges caused b y something oth er than prin[...]

  • Pagina 746

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation A bout Bluetooth Comm unication Handling Precautions Preparation to Use th e Bluetoot h Unit Printing Dat a via Blueto oth Commu nicatio n Basic Proc edure fo r Printing via Bluetooth Communi cation Bluetooth Settings Troubleshooting Specifications Page top Page 746 of 973 pages About Bluetooth Com[...]

  • Pagina 747

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Hand ling Precaution s Handling Precautions Shipping the Produc t Page top Page 747 of 973 pages Handling Precautions[...]

  • Pagina 748

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Hand ling Precaution s > Shipp ing the Product Shipping the Product This produc t may not be used in countri es or regi ons oth er than the country or re gion where it was purchased d ue to local law s and regulations. Please note that the use of this product in such count ries or regions m[...]

  • Pagina 749

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Prepara tion to Use the Bluetooth Unit Preparation to Use the Bluetooth Unit Bluetooth Unit Attaching to and Rem oving from the Printe r Page top Page 749 of 973 pages Preparation to Use the Bluetooth Unit[...]

  • Pagina 750

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Prepara tion to Use the Bluetooth Unit > Bluetooth Unit Bluetooth Un it The Bluetooth Unit BU-30 (here after referre d to as t he Blueto oth unit) i s an ad aptor which c an be us ed with a Canon IJ printer with Blue tooth in terface. By attaching the Bluet ooth uni t to a Canon IJ print er[...]

  • Pagina 751

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Prepara tion to Use the Bluetooth Unit > Att aching to and Removing from the Printer A ttaching to and Removing from the Printer Attaching the Bluetooth Unit to the Printer Removing the Bluetooth Unit from the Printer A ttaching the Bluetooth Unit to the Printer Attach the Bluetooth unit to[...]

  • Pagina 752

    Note W h en the Blu etooth un it is pr operly attac hed to the printer with th e Power lam p, the Powe r la mp on th e printer f lashes twice. W hen the Bl uetooth u nit is p roperly attac hed to the printe r without the Pow er lamp, the message is disp layed on the LCD. Removing the Bluetooth Unit from the Printer Remove the Bl uetooth u nit from [...]

  • Pagina 753

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Printing Data via Blueto oth Comm unication Printing Data via Blueto oth Commun ication Preparation Install ing the MP Drivers Setting the Printer Registering the Printer Deleting t he Printer Page top Page 753 of 973 pages Printing Data via Bluetoot h Communication[...]

  • Pagina 754

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Printing Data via Blue tooth Comm unication > Preparation Preparation In order t o print via Bluetooth communicat ion with Windows, the follow ing system r equirements must b e satisfied. Computer A computer in w hich an inte rnal Bluetooth module is in stalled or a computer to which a n op[...]

  • Pagina 755

    When using Window s XP SP2 or later, a nd w hen Bluetooth Devices is displayed in Printers and O ther Hardw are under Control Pa nel Authentic ate the p rinter as a Bluetoo th device o n Bluetoo th Devices i n Printers and Other Hardware under Co ntrol Panel. See Registering the Printe r . When using a Toshiba Window s Vista or Windows XP computer [...]

  • Pagina 756

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Printing Data via Blue tooth Comm unication > Installing the MP Drivers Installing the MP Drivers Note If you use t he printer connec ting with a co mputer, t he MP Drivers have alread y been inst alled. In this case, move t o the next step. Setting the Printer Before con necting the Bluet [...]

  • Pagina 757

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Printing Data via Blue tooth Comm unication > Setting the Printer Setting the Printer This secti on desc ribes th e proced ures for c hecki ng the se ttings o f the Blue tooth uni t on the L CD of the printer in preparati on for Blue tooth pri nting. Canon IJ p rinters with th e Bluetoot h [...]

  • Pagina 758

    Text LCD 4. Check the device name. The device nam e is ne cessa ry to registe r the print er as a Blu etooth d evice. Be su re to note the device nam e. Note If multiple printer u nits with the same model name a re connected to th e system, assigning a different device nam e to eac h printer is reco mmende d for eas y identific ation of the printe [...]

  • Pagina 759

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Printing Data via Blue tooth Comm unication > Registeri ng the Printer Registering the Printer Register th e printer as a Blue tooth devic e using Bluetoot h Devices (Add a Blueto oth Device i n W indows 7) under Con trol Panel . Note Before regi stering t he printe r on Blueto oth Devices [...]

  • Pagina 760

    W hen registering this printer, Pairing with this wireless device (Connec ting with this device in W indows 7) is displayed. Note If you set a passk ey on the pri nter, sel ect Enter t he device's pairing c ode and input th e passkey, then click Next. For more information about setting a passkey, see Bluetoo th Settings Screen . 5. W hen T his[...]

  • Pagina 761

    this message aga in for this device. In Windows XP: 1. Log into a user account w ith the administrator privilege. 2. Click Control Pan el, Printers and Other Hardware, then Blue tooth Devices. 3. Click Add on the Devices sheet. Add Bluetooth Device W izard will start. 4. Make sure that the printer is turned on, check the My device is set up and rea[...]

  • Pagina 762

    Select th e same device nam e as th at check ed unde r Setting the Printe r . Note If the devic e name is not di splayed, s ee Check 3: Is the printer na me which you want to register displ ayed in Printer List? . 6. Select Don't use a passkey, and then Next. Note If you set a passk ey on the pri nter, sel ect Use th e pass key found i n the d[...]

  • Pagina 763

    8. Check that the device name s elected at step 5 is registered on the De vices sheet, and c lick OK. Now, the setting s for prin ting via Blu etooth c ommuni cation a re ready. Page top Page 763 of 973 pages Registering the Printer[...]

  • Pagina 764

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Printing Data via Blue tooth Comm unication > Deleting the Printe r Deleting the Printer This section describes th e procedure to d elete the registere d printer. If you want to re-regi ster the printer as a Blueto oth device, first fol low the proced ure below to de lete the printer, an d [...]

  • Pagina 765

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Basic Procedu re for Printing via Bluetooth Communi cation Basic Procedure for Printing v ia Bluetooth Co mmunication Printing w ith Computers Printing with Blu etooth Com pliant Devices othe r than a Co mputer Page top Page 765 of 973 pages Basic Procedure for Printing via Bluetooth Communica[...]

  • Pagina 766

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Basic Procedu re for Printing via Bluetooth Communi cation > Printing with Computers Printing with Computers W hen using Bluetooth co mmunication, also refer to the computer's instruction manual. W h en printi ng from a Bluetooth compl iant devic e other tha n a com puter, se e Printi [...]

  • Pagina 767

    1. Select the print setting in Commonly Used Settings. 2. Confirm the required print set tings i n Media Type, Printer Paper Size, and so on. Note You can spec ify the advan ced prin t setting s on Main she et and Pag e Setup sh eet. For details on the p rint setti ngs, refe r to Various Printing Methods . 3. Click OK. The Print dial og box is dis [...]

  • Pagina 768

    W hen you use a USB cable for printing, select Canon XXX Printer from Select Printer. To cancel a print job in progress, press the Stop butto n on the printer or c lick Cancel Prin ting on the pri nter stat us moni tor. After pri nting is cance led, a s heet of p aper may be ejected with no printing results. To display the printer st atus monitor, [...]

  • Pagina 769

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Basic Procedu re for Printing via Bluetooth Communi cation > Printing with Bluetooth Complia nt Devices other than a Compu ter Printing with Bluetooth Com pliant Devices other th an a Computer The LCD of the pri nter allo ws you to perform settings for print ing usi ng Bluetoo th comp liant[...]

  • Pagina 770

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Bluetooth Setting s Bluetooth Setting s Setting Blu etooth Prin ting Bluetooth Settings Screen Page top Page 770 of 973 pages Bluetooth Settings[...]

  • Pagina 771

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Bluetooth Setting s > Set ting Bluetooth Printi ng Setting Bluetooth Printing 1. Make sure that the printer is turned on, and attach the Bluetooth unit. Note W h en the Blu etooth un it is pr operly attac hed to the printer with th e Power lam p, the Power lamp on the print er flashe s twic[...]

  • Pagina 772

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Bluetooth Setting s > Bluetooth Settings Screen Bluetooth Settings Screen Canon IJ p rinters with th e Bluetoot h interfac e are di vided into t wo types. One is eq uipped with a graphic LCD, and the other with a text LCD. Graphic LCD Text LCD 1. Select device name/Dev ice name Displays th [...]

  • Pagina 773

    Select device name/Device name Screen Allows you to se t the device name o f the prin ter on a Blu etooth de vice. In the example used for this explanati on, the m odel na me is s et to MX870 series. W h en a mod el other than MX870 series i s used, whatever appears in plac e of "MX870" becom es the model name us e. Ex: W h en you sel ect[...]

  • Pagina 774

    Change passke y /Passk ey Screen W h en you sel ect Enabl e on the Security set tings s creen, you a re required to set a passk ey to register the printe r on other Bluetooth devices. After you cha nge the p asskey, you m ay be ask ed to in put the pa sskey on the Blueto oth device s you were able to pri nt from b efore the p asske y was changed. I[...]

  • Pagina 775

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Troubleshooting Troubleshoo ting Troubleshooting Printer Cannot be Registered Printing Doe s Not Start Page top Page 775 of 973 pages Troubleshooting[...]

  • Pagina 776

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Troubleshooting > Troubleshooting Troubleshoo ting This section describes h ow to solve the pr oblems occurred du ring the use of the Bluetoo th unit. Problems relate d to the printer's har dware, M P Driv ers installation, a nd so on, are also d escribed in Troubleshooting . Page top [...]

  • Pagina 777

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Troubleshooting > Printer Cannot be Reg istered Printer Cannot be Registered Check 1: Have MP Drivers been installed? If MP Drivers are not yet installed, insert the Setup CD-ROM int o the com puter's di sc drive, then perform Cus tom Ins tall and selec t MP Drivers. Check 2: Is unsupp[...]

  • Pagina 778

    1. Display t he Blu etooth settings sc reen on the LCD of the printer. For inform ation ab out how to dis play the Blu etooth se ttings s creen, re fer to Changing the Machine Setting s on the LCD . 2. Select A ccess refusal setting/A ccess refusal. 3. Select OFF an d press the OK button on the printer. Page top Page 778 of 973 pages Printer Cannot[...]

  • Pagina 779

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Troubleshooting > Printing Does Not Start Printing Does Not Start Check 1: Is Bluetooth unit ready for use? Make sure that the Blueto oth setti ngs sc reen can be disp layed on th e LCD of the printer. If the screen canno t be displayed, Bluet ooth communication is d isabled. Remove the Blu[...]

  • Pagina 780

    For W indows Vista W h en authe nticatin g the pri nter as a Bluetooth device in Control Pane l BTHnnn (Canon XXX Printer ( Copy X)) ("n" is a digit). W h en authe nticatin g the pri nter as a Bluetooth device us ing Bluet ooth Setti ngs buil t in the computer TBPnnn (Canon XXX Printer (Copy X)) ("n" is a digit) For more i nform[...]

  • Pagina 781

    Check 5 : Were the M P Drivers installed afte r printer registrat ion on Bluetooth Dev ices (A dd a Bluetooth Dev ice in Window s 7)? If you have ins talled t he MP Drivers after regi stering t he printe r as a Blue tooth de vice on Blue tooth Devices (Add a Bluetoo th Device in W i ndows 7), dele te the pri nter and t hen regis ter it ag ain. For [...]

  • Pagina 782

    Advanced Guide > About Bluetooth Communi cation > Speci fications Specifications Communicatio n method Bluetooth v2.0 Max imum Speed 1.44 Mbps Output Bluetooth Pow er Class 2 Communicatio n distance Line-of-s ight dis tance: a pprox. 33 ft./10 m * * It may vary depend ing on fa ctors in cludin g the pres ence of obstac les between communicati[...]

  • Pagina 783

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings Changing the Machi ne Settings Changing the Machine Sett ings on the LCD Changing Machine Setting s from Your Com puter Page top Page 783 of 973 pages Changing the Machine Settings[...]

  • Pagina 784

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng the Machine Settings on the LCD Changing the Machine Setting s on the LCD Changing the Machine Sett ings on the LCD Fax settings Print settings LAN settings Device user setting s Mobile phone settings Bluetooth settings PictBridge settings Reset setting Page top Page 784 of 973 pages [...]

  • Pagina 785

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng the Machine Settings on the LCD > Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD Changing the Machi ne Settings on the LCD This section describes th e procedure to ch ange the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps to speci fy Extended copy amt. as an example . Note The[...]

  • Pagina 786

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng the Machine Settings on the LCD > Fax settings Fax settings This section desc ribes the setting items in FAX user settings, Transmis sion settings, and Reception settings in the F ax settings men u. FAX user settin gs Transmission setti ngs Reception settings Note Before cha nging [...]

  • Pagina 787

    Line monitor v olume: Selects the line monitor volume. RX ring level Adjusts the level o f the ring ing soun d the ma chine m akes when i t receives a fax. You can select either Stan dard or Hig h. Telephone line type Selects the telep hone li ne type sett ing for th e machi ne. Confirm ing the Telephone Line Connec tion Note This settin g may not [...]

  • Pagina 788

    If you select Print error only or Print for each TX, you can enable/disa ble printing of the first page of the fax under the report . Dial tone detect Avoids mistran smiss ion when reception and transm ission occur at the same time. If you sele ct ON, the ma chine tr ansmits the fax after co nfirming the dia l tone. This settin g may not b e suppor[...]

  • Pagina 789

    telephone company . You can sel ect the ri ng pattern from Norm al ring, Do uble ring , Short-sho rt-long, Sho rt-long- short, and Ot her ring type. Setting th e Receive Mode This settin g is avail able onl y in the US and Canada. Ring count Specifie s the nu mber of ti mes the external device ri ngs when the receive mo de is s et to Fax only mode [...]

  • Pagina 790

    If you subs cribe to the Calle r ID service, t he mach ine dete cts the sender's Ca ller ID. If th e sender's ID does n ot match the conditio ns specified in this setting, the ma chine rejects the phone c all or fax recept ion from the send er. If you sele ct Subsc ribed in Caller ID se rvice, you ca n speci fy the follo wing settings : A[...]

  • Pagina 791

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng the Machine Settings on the LCD > Print settings Print settings Prevent abrasion Use this setting on ly if the print surface become s smudged. OFF/ON Important Be sure to set this back to OFF after pri nting s ince it may result in lower printi ng spee d or lower print qua lity. Ex[...]

  • Pagina 792

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng the Machine Settings on the LCD > LAN setting s LA N settings WLA N active/inactive Activates/d eactivates wireless LAN. Wireless LA N setup Selects the setting method for wireless LAN con nection. Easy setup Select when you p erform se ttings fo r wireless LAN m anuall y using the[...]

  • Pagina 793

    Enab./disa b. Bonjour Selectin g Active all ows you to use Bo njour to perform th e network setti ngs. Enter service name Specifie s the Bon jour servic e name. You can use up to 48 c haracte rs for the name. Note You cannot us e the s ame servic e name as that a lready used for other LAN connec ted devices. LPR serv. advert ising Selects whether t[...]

  • Pagina 794

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng the Machine Settings on the LCD > Device user settings Devi ce user settings Date/time s etting Sets the c urrent da te and tim e. Specifying the Basic Settings for Faxing Date display format Sets the f ormat of d ates dis played on the LCD and printed o n sent fa xes. Specifying t[...]

  • Pagina 795

    OFF/ON Enabling this function reduc es the noises genera ted in the following cases: Copying Printing fro m a Pic tBridge co mplian t device Printing from a wireless co mmunic ation device Sending/receiving t he fax Printing a template form Important Operating s peed ma y be reduce d compa red to when thi s settin g is se t to OFF. This functi on m[...]

  • Pagina 796

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng the Machine Settings on the LCD > Mobi le phone settings Mobile pho ne settings W h en printi ng from a mobile phone th rough Blu etooth co mmuni cation, s elect the page size, medi a type, layout, and so on. For details o n how to print from a mobile phon e through Bluetooth commu[...]

  • Pagina 797

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng the Machine Settings on the LCD > Blue tooth settings Bluetooth settin gs You can chan ge the d evice nam e of the m achine , passk ey, and so on in the Bluetooth setting s. For details o n how to print from a mobile phon e through Bluetooth communication, see Printing Photographs [...]

  • Pagina 798

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng the Machine Settings on the LCD > PictBridg e settings PictBridge settings You can chan ge the p rint setti ngs when prin ting from a PictBrid ge comp liant de vice. Set the pri nt settin gs to Defa ult on th e PictBridg e comp liant de vice when you want to prin t accord ing to th[...]

  • Pagina 799

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng the Machine Settings on the LCD > Reset setting Reset setting Reverts all s ettings you made t o the ma chine ba ck to d efault. However, som e data m ay not be c hanged, depending on the current usage state of y our machine. Telephone no. data Reverts the te lephone number s ettin[...]

  • Pagina 800

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng Machine Settings f rom Your Computer Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer Changing the Print Options Registeri ng a Frequ ently Used Pri nting Profi le Setting th e Ink Cartri dge Managing the Machine Pow er Reducing the M achine Noise Changing the M achine Operation Mode Page[...]

  • Pagina 801

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng Machine Settings f rom Your Computer > Chan ging the Print Options Changing the Print Op tions You change th e detail ed print driver settin gs for pri nt data th at is s ent from a n appli cation s oftware. Specify this option if you enco unter prin t failure s such as part o f an[...]

  • Pagina 802

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng Machine Settings f rom Your Computer > Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile You can regis ter the fre quently us ed printi ng profil e to Comm only Used Sett ings on the Quick Setup tab . Unnecess ary printing profiles can be[...]

  • Pagina 803

    4. Save the settings Enter a nam e in the Name fie ld, and i f neces sary, set th e items in Options .... Then cli ck OK. The printing profile i s saved, a nd the Quic k Setup t ab is di splayed ag ain. The name and icon are added to the Commonly Used Settings list. Important To save the pag e size, orie ntation, and num ber of co pies tha t was se[...]

  • Pagina 804

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng Machine Settings f rom Your Computer > S etting the Ink Cartridge Setting the Ink Cartridge This feature enables y ou to specify the m ost appropriate ink cartrid ge among installed car tridges according to an intended use. W h en one o f the ink cartridg es beco mes em pty and can[...]

  • Pagina 805

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng Machine Settings f rom Your Computer > M anaging the Machine Pow er Managing the Machin e Pow er This functi on allows you to manage the mac hine po wer from the prin ter driver. The procedure for managing the print er powe r is as follows: Pow er Off The Power Off function turns o[...]

  • Pagina 806

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng Machine Settings f rom Your Computer > Reducing the Machine Noi se Reducing the Machine Noise This functi on allows you to reduce t he operat ing nois e. Selec t when you wish to redu ce the op erating noise o f the prin ter at nig ht, etc. Using this function m ay lower t he print[...]

  • Pagina 807

    Advanced Guide > Changing the Machine Settings > Changi ng Machine Settings f rom Your Computer > Chan ging the Machine Operatio n Mode Changing the Machi ne Operation Mode If necessar y, switch between various modes of m achine opera tion. The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follow s: Custom Settings 1. Open the printer dr[...]

  • Pagina 808

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshooting Troubleshoo ting Troubleshooting If an Error Occurs The Machine Cannot Be Powered On An Error Message Is Displayed on the LCD A Message for Fa xing Is Displayed on the LCD LCD Cannot Be Seen At All An Unintended Language Is Display ed on the LCD Cannot Ins tall the MP Drivers Cannot Conn ect to Com puter with a U[...]

  • Pagina 809

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > T roubleshooting Troubleshoo ting This section describes tr oubleshooting tips for pro blems you may encounter w hen using th e printer. For troubles hooting tips rela ted to the setup, refer to the Network Setup T roubleshooting . Page top Page 809 of 973 pages Troubleshooting[...]

  • Pagina 810

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > I f an Error Occurs If an Error Occurs W hen an error o ccurs in printing such as the machine is out of pape r or paper is jamm ed, a troublesho oting message is displa yed au tomatically . Take t he approp riate action described in the messa ge. The mess age ma y vary depending o n the versi on of your op [...]

  • Pagina 811

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > T he Machine Cann ot Be Powere d On The Machin e Cannot Be Pow ered On Check 1: Press the ON button. Check 2: Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged into the Pow er Cord Connector of the machine, then turn it back on. Check 3: Unplug the machine from the power supply , then plug the machine bac k[...]

  • Pagina 812

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > An Error Message Is Displayed on the LCD A n Error Mess age Is Display ed on the LCD If an error me ssage is displayed on the LCD, take the correspo nding action described below. Message Action Check in k U051/U05 2/U053/U059 The FINE Cartridge m ay not be i nstalle d properly, o r the Cartridge ma y not be[...]

  • Pagina 813

    disabled. Replace t he empty in k cartrid ge imm ediatel y after the printing. The resultin g print q uality is n ot satis factory, if printing is con tinued un der the i nk out c ondition . Note If the fun ction for detectin g the rem aining ink level is disabled, is displayed on the LCD. Routine M aintenance Since the informa tion con tained i n [...]

  • Pagina 814

    If the error is not re solved, co nnect th e machi ne to the compute r and ali gn the Pri nt Head on the printe r driver. Aligning the Print He ad Positi on Unsupported USB hub Remove hub If a PictBri dge com pliant d evice is connec ted via a USB hu b, remove the h ub and c onnect it direct ly to the ma chine. Printer error has occ urred Contact s[...]

  • Pagina 815

    your applic ation s oftware. For detai ls, refe r to the in structio n manual of your appl ication . Document too long Press [OK] The docume nt is too long or i s jamm ed in th e ADF. Remove the d ocumen t page ja mmed i n the ADF, the n press the OK button. After resolving the error , m ake sure that the docume nt y ou are loading meets the machin[...]

  • Pagina 816

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > A Message f or Faxing Is Displayed on the LCD A Mes sage for Faxing Is Displ ayed on the L CD Message Action Auto redial The machine is w aiting to redia l the recipient's number because the line was busy or the recipien t did not answ er when you tried to s end a d ocumen t. W ait for the machin e to [...]

  • Pagina 817

    (or 8.5"x14"): Set Page size to A4, 8.5"x11"(LTR ), or Legal (or 8.5"x14"). Media type is se t to other t han Plain paper: Set Media ty pe to Plain paper. Y ou pres sed the Stop button to cancel printing of a f ax: Press the FAX button. Note To print the received faxes automat ically , select ON for Auto print in FAX u[...]

  • Pagina 818

    messa ge is di splayed when Che ck RX fax info is se t to ON. For details, se e Sending Faxes after Chec king Inf ormation (Checkin g the Reci pient's In formation ) . Reception rejecte d Reception has be en rejec ted beca use the fax matches th e fax rejection c onditio n speci fied by Fax recepti on rejec t. For details, see Rejecting Fax Re[...]

  • Pagina 819

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > LCD Cannot Be Seen At All LCD Cannot Be Seen A t A ll If the Pow er lamp is off: The machin e is not powered on. Conn ect the p ower cord and p ress the ON button. If the Pow er lamp is lit: The LCD may be in the scre en-saver mo de. On the Opera tion Pane l, press a button other than the ON button. Page to[...]

  • Pagina 820

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > An Unintended Language Is Display ed on the LCD A n Unintended Language Is Displayed on the LCD Select th e langua ge you want to be displayed accordi ng to the following pro cedure. 1. Press the COP Y button, w ait for abo ut 5 secon ds. 2. Press the Menu button three times. 3. Press the bu tton at twice, [...]

  • Pagina 821

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Cannot Install the MP Drivers Cannot Install the MP Drivers Important If you cann ot instal l the MP Drivers when you use the mac hine over L AN, refer to the setup m anual. If the installation do es not start even aft er the Setup CD-ROM is inse rted into yo ur computer's disc drive: Start the install[...]

  • Pagina 822

    securel y plugged i nto the USB p ort of the m achin e and is connec ted to th e compu ter, and th en follow the proc edure be low to reinsta ll the MP Drivers. Note The printer is not dete cted. Chec k the c onnecti on. may be displa yed dependi ng on the compute r you use. I n this c ase, fol low the proced ure belo w to reinstall the MP Drivers.[...]

  • Pagina 823

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Can not Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Prop erly Cannot Connect t o Computer w ith a USB Cable Properly Printing or Scanning Spe ed Is Slow /Hi-Spe ed USB Connection Does Not Work/"This device c an perform faster" Messa ge Is Displa y ed If your system environmen t is not fully com patible w[...]

  • Pagina 824

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Print Resu lts Not Satisfactory Print Results Not Satisfac tory If the prin t result is not s atisfac tory due to white s treaks, misal igned li nes, or u neven colo rs, conf irm the paper and print qua lity setti ngs firs t. Check 1: Do the page size and media type settings match the size and typ e of the [...]

  • Pagina 825

    Paper Is Sm udged/Pri nted Surfac e Is Scra tched Back of t he Paper Is Smudged Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Pri ntout Colors Are Une ven or Streak ed Page top Page 825 of 973 pages Print Results Not Satisfactory[...]

  • Pagina 826

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Print Resu lts Not Satisfactory > Cannot Print to End of Job Cannot Print to End of Job Check 1: Is the si ze of the print data extremel y l arge? Click Prin t Options on the Pag e Setup sh eet. Then, se lect the Prevent loss of print data ch eck box in the displayed dialog. Check 2: Is the space of your[...]

  • Pagina 827

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Print Resu lts Not Satisfactory > No Printing Results/Printing Is Blurred/Co lors Are W ron g/W hite Streaks No Printing Results/Printing Is Blurred/Colors A re Wr ong /White Streaks No Printing Results Printing Is Blu rred Colors A re Wrong White Streak s Page 827 of 973 pages No Printing Results/Printi[...]

  • Pagina 828

    Check 1: Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings? Print Resul ts Not Satis factory Check 2: Is the FINE Cartr idge installed properly? If the Ink Cartridge L ocking Cover is not closed secure ly, ink ma y not be eje cted co rrectly. Open the Sca nning Uni t (Cover), open the Ink Cart ridge Loc king Cover, then clo se the In k Cartridge[...]

  • Pagina 829

    the paper is load ed w ith the printable side facing up. Printing o n the wrong si de of suc h paper may cause unclea r prints o r prints with re duced qu ality. Refer to the instruct ion manual supplied w ith the pap er for detailed information on the printable side. Check 6: Is the Pl aten Glass or the glass of A DF dirty? Clean the Platen Glas s[...]

  • Pagina 830

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Print Resu lts Not Satisfactory > Color s Are Unclear Colors A re Unclea r Check 1: Enable color correction. W h en printi ng photo graphs o r other grap hics, e nabling color c orrection in the p rinter driver m ay improve co lor. Select Vivid Photo in the Effects sheet in the pri nter driver s etup win[...]

  • Pagina 831

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Print Resu lts Not Satisfactory > Lines Are Misa ligned Lines A re Misaligned Check 1: Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings? Print Resul ts Not Satis factory Check 2: Perform Pr int Head A lignment. If you did n ot align the Print Hea d after in stallat ion, stra ight lin es may be printe[...]

  • Pagina 832

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Print Resu lts Not Satisfactory > Printed Pape r Curls or Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Curls Check 1: Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings? Print Resul ts Not Satis factory Check 2 : If the inte nsity is set high, reduce the [...]

  • Pagina 833

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Print Resu lts Not Satisfactory > Paper Is Smudged /Printed Surface Is Scratched Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched Paper Is Smudged The Edges of Pap er A re Smudged Printed Surface Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Check 1: Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings? Print Res[...]

  • Pagina 834

    1. Roll up the pape r in the opposite dire ction to the paper curl as show n below. 2. Check th at the pa per is no w flat. W e recomm end prin ting curl -correcte d paper o ne shee t at a tim e. Note Depending on the m edia type, the paper may be sm udged or may not be f ed properl y even if it is not curled inw ard. In su ch cases, follow the pro[...]

  • Pagina 835

    software. 2. On the Main sheet, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and the n click Set. 3. Drag the Intensity slide bar on the Color Adjustment sheet to adjust the intensity . W h en copying Setting Items Check 6: Is pri nting performed bey ond the recommended printing area? If you are pri nting beyon d the rec ommend ed printi ng area of your prin[...]

  • Pagina 836

    Depending on the media type, the paper may be scratched by other loaded paper when feeding from the Rear Tray. In thi s case , load on e sheet at a tim e. Page top Page 836 of 973 pages Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched[...]

  • Pagina 837

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Print Resu lts Not Satisfactory > Back of the Pape r Is Smudged Back of the Paper Is Smudged Check 1: Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings? Print Resul ts Not Satis factory Check 2: Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the machine. Cleaning the Insi de of the Machine ([...]

  • Pagina 838

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Print Resu lts Not Satisfactory > Vertical Lin es Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout Vertical Lines A re Printed on th e Sides of the Printout Check 1: Did you confirm the paper ty pe and print quality settings? Print Resul ts Not Satis factory Check 2: Is the si ze of the loaded paper correct? The[...]

  • Pagina 839

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Print Resu lts Not Satisfactory > Color s Are Uneven or Streaked Colors A re Uneven or Streaked Colors A re Uneven Colors A re Streaked Check 1: Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings? Print Resul ts Not Satis factory Check 2: Print the Nozzl e Check Pattern and perform any necessary mainte[...]

  • Pagina 840

    Check 3: Perform Pr int Head A lignment. Aligning the Print He ad Note If the prob lem is not reso lved after pe rforming the Print Hea d Alignm ent, perfo rm Print Head Alignme nt manua lly referring to Alig ning the Print Head Po sition . Page top Page 840 of 973 pages Colors Are Uneven or Streaked[...]

  • Pagina 841

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Printing Does Not Start Printing Does Not Start Check 1: Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged in, then turn the machine on. W hile the Pow er lamp is flashing green, th e machine is initializing. W ait until the Powe r lamp stops flashing and rem ains lit green. Note W h en printi ng large data[...]

  • Pagina 842

    4. Click the Ports tab to co nfirm the port settings. Make sure that a port nam ed USBnnn (where "n " is a number) with Cano n XXX Printe r appearin g in the Printer col umn is select ed for Print to the fol lowing port(s) . Note W h en the m achine is used over LAN, the p ort name of the ma chine i s disp layed as "CNBJNP _xxx xxx x[...]

  • Pagina 843

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Cop ying/Printing Stops Before It Is Completed Copying/Printing Stops Before It Is Completed Check 1: Has the machine been printing continuou sly for a long period? If the ma chine h as been printing continu ously for a long tim e, the Prin t Head may overh eat. To protect th e Print Head , the mac hine m a[...]

  • Pagina 844

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Machine Moves But Ink Is Not Ejected Machine Mov es But Ink Is Not Ejected Check 1: A re the Print Head nozzles cl ogged? Print the Nozzle Che ck Pattern to determ ine whether th e ink ej ects pro perly from th e print h ead nozz les. Refer to Routine Maintenance for the No zzle Check Patte rn printin g, Pr[...]

  • Pagina 845

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Printin g Speed Is Not as Fast as Expected Printing Speed Is Not as Fast as Expected Check 1: Is pri nting performed in Quiet Mode? Print spee d is red uced if you speci fied to pr int in Quie t Mode on the co mputer o r Operation Pa nel. For faster printing, do not print in Quiet Mode. For inform ation to [...]

  • Pagina 846

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > FINE Cartridge Holder Does Not Move to the Positi on for Replacing FINE Cartridge Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing Check 1: Is the Pow er lamp off? Check if the Power lamp is lit green. The FINE Cartridge Ho lder will not m ove unles s the po wer is on. If th e Pow er lamp is off , close t[...]

  • Pagina 847

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Pape r Does Not Feed Properly Paper Does Not Feed Properly Check 1: Make sure of the follow ing w hen you l oad paper. W h en loadi ng two or more sheets of paper, f lip throu gh the pa per before loading . W hen loading tw o or more sh eets of paper, align the e dges of the sheets before load ing. W h en l[...]

  • Pagina 848

    If the paper t ears in the Rear Tray, see Paper Jams to rem ove it. If there are any foreign objects in the Rear Tray, be sure to turn off th e mach ine, unp lug it fro m the power supply, the n remove the foreign object. Check 5: Clean the Paper Feed Roller. Routine M aintenance Note Cleaning the Pape r Feed Roller w ill wear the roller, so perfor[...]

  • Pagina 849

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Paper Jams Paper Jam s Important W hile the m achine is receiving a fax (in mem ory), y ou cannot tur n off the m achine. Turn it off after receiving t he fax. Do not dis connec t the power plu g while the m achine is recei ving a fax. If you disconnect the power p lug, all the documents st ored in memory a[...]

  • Pagina 850

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Paper Jams > Paper Is Jammed in the Paper Output Slot or the Rear Tray Paper Is Jammed in the Paper Output Sl ot or the Rear Tray Remove the paper follow ing the procedure below . 1. Slowly pull the paper out, either from the Rear Tray or from the Paper Output Slot, whichever is easier. Note If the pap e[...]

  • Pagina 851

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Paper Jams > In Other Cases In Other Cases Make sure of th e following: Check 1: A re there any foreign obj ects around the Paper Output Slot? Check 2: A re there any foreign obj ects in the Rear Tray? If there are any foreign objects in the Rear Tray, be sure to turn off th e mach ine, unp lug it fro m [...]

  • Pagina 852

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Docum ent Jams in the ADF Document Jams in the A DF Important W h en you turn o ff the ma chine to remove the jammed docum ent, mak e sure o f the foll owing. W hile the m achine is receiving a fax (in mem ory), y ou cannot tur n off the m achine. Turn it off after rece iving the fa x. Do not discon nect th[...]

  • Pagina 853

    5. Close the Doc ument Feed er Cover, then turn on the machine. W h en resc anning th e docum ent after clearin g the error, rescan it from th e first pa ge. If you cann ot remove the docum ent or the docume nt tears i nside t he mach ine, or i f the doc ument jam error continu es after re moving the docume nt, cont act the s ervice ce nter. Note T[...]

  • Pagina 854

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Messag e Appears on the Compu ter Screen Message A pp ear s on the Computer Screen Error Number: B200 A print er error has occurre d. Turn the pri nter off an d unplug the power cord of the printer from the power su pply. Then cont act the s ervice ce nter. Is Dis played Error Number: **** A printer error h[...]

  • Pagina 855

    Writing Err or/Output Error/Communication Error Check 1: If the Power lamp is off, mak e sure that the pow er plug is plugged in, then turn the machin e on. W hile the Pow er lamp is flashing green, th e machine is initializing. W ait until the Powe r lamp stops flashing and remains lit green. Check 2: M ake sure that the printer port is configured[...]

  • Pagina 856

    and sel ect MP Drivers to ins tall aga in. Check 5: When the ma chine is c onnected to y our computer w ith a USB c able, check the s tatus of the device on y our computer. Follow the proc edure be low to check the sta tus of the device. 1. Click Control Panel, Hardw are and Sou nd, then Device Manage r. If the User Account Control sc reen is displ[...]

  • Pagina 857

    If y ou agree to participa te in the surve y program: Click Agree, then follow the on-scree n instructions. The printer usage inf ormation will be sent via the Inte rnet. If you ha ve followed the o n-screen instruc tions, t he inform ation will be sent automatically from the second time o nward an d the confirmation screen will not be d isplayed a[...]

  • Pagina 858

    3. Select Ch ange. If you sele ct Yes after you h ave followed the on-scree n instru ctions, the conf irmation screen will be disp layed at the time of the next survey. If you sele ct No, the i nformati on will be s ent autom atical ly. Note If you select Uninstall (or Remove), the Inkj et Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is unins talled[...]

  • Pagina 859

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > For W indows Users For Windows Users Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed Check: Is the printer status monitor enabled? Make sure that Enable Stat us Monitor is s electe d on the Opt ion men u of the p rinter sta tus monitor. 1. Open the printer driver setup w indow . Opening th e Printer Driver Set up W[...]

  • Pagina 860

    3. Select WIA Canon XXX ser, then click t he Properties button. If the User Account Control sc reen appe ars, cl ick Conti nue. 4. Click the Events tab on the WIA Canon XXX ser Properties screen. 5. Select Start this program for Actions, then select MP Navigator EX Ver3.1 from the pull-down menu. Choose an event from t he Selec t an event pu ll-dow[...]

  • Pagina 861

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Error Messag e Appears on a PictBridge Compliant Devi ce Error Message A ppears on a PictBridge Compliant Dev ice The following are the poss ible erro rs that m ay occur when pri nting di rectly from a PictBridg e comp liant device and the cou ntermeas ures to c lear the m. Note This section describes e rro[...]

  • Pagina 862

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Can not Print Properly from a W irele ss Communication Device Cannot Print Properly from a Wireless Commu nication Device Check: Is printing possible through Bluetooth communication? Printing via Bluetooth Commu nication Page top Page 862 of 973 pages Cannot Print Properly from a Wireles s Communication Dev[...]

  • Pagina 863

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Probl ems with Scanning Problems with Scanning Scanner Doe s Not W ork ScanGear (Sca nner Driver) Does Not Start Error Message Appe ars and t he ScanGear (Scanner Dri ver) Screen Does Not Appear Scan Quali ty (Image Dis played on th e Monitor) Is Poo r Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra W hite Areas Canno[...]

  • Pagina 864

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Probl ems with Scanning > Scanner Doe s Not W ork Scanner Does Not Work Check 1: Make sure that the machine is turned on. Check 2: Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the compu ter. Check 3: If the USB cable i s connected to a USB hu b, remove it fr om the USB hub and connect it to a USB por[...]

  • Pagina 865

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Probl ems with Scanning > ScanGear (Scanne r Driver) Does Not Start ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start Check 1 : M ake su re that the MP Drivers is installed. If it is not insta lled, i nsert the Setup CD-ROM into the computer's dis c drive, then select Custom Install and ins tall MP Drivers. [...]

  • Pagina 866

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Probl ems with Scanning > Error Message Appears and the ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screen Doe s Not Appear Error Message A ppears and the ScanGear (Scanner Driver ) Screen Does Not A p pear Check 1: Make sure that the machine is turned on. Check 2: Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the comp[...]

  • Pagina 867

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Probl ems with Scanning > Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor Check 1: Increase the scanning resolution. Resolution Check 2: Set the scale to 100%. Some applications do not display images clea rly if the i m age is too small. Check 3[...]

  • Pagina 868

    On the Advance d Mode tab of Sca nGear, set I mage Adj ustment in Imag e Settings to None. Image Settings On the Color Se ttings ta b in the Preference s dialo g box of ScanGear, s et Color Matchin g. Color Settin gs Tab Page top Page 868 of 973 pages Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor[...]

  • Pagina 869

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Probl ems with Scanning > Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Ex tra W hite Areas Scanned Image Is Surround ed by Extra White A reas Check: Specify the scan area. Click (Auto Crop) in whole i mage view of Scan Gear (scan ner driver) to a utomati cally dis play the cropping frame (s can area ) accord ing to th[...]

  • Pagina 870

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Probl ems with Scanning > Cannot Scan Multi ple Documents at One Time Cannot Scan Multiple Documents at One Time Check 1: Make sure that the documen ts ar e placed correctly on the Platen. Placing Docum ents Check 2: Scan each item individually. Some applications do not supp ort multiple image scan ning.[...]

  • Pagina 871

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Probl ems with Scanning > Canno t Scan Properly in Auto Scan Mode Cannot Scan Properly in A uto Scan Mode Check 1: Make sure that the documen ts ar e placed correctly on the Platen. Placing Docum ents Check 2: Multiple image scanning may not be supported. Some applications d o not support mu ltiple image[...]

  • Pagina 872

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Probl ems with Scanning > Slow Scanning Speed Slow Scanning Speed Check 1: To view the i mage on a monitor, set the output resolution to around 150 dpi. To print, set it to around 300 dpi. Resolution Check 2: Set Fading Correction, Grain Correction, etc. to None. Image Settings Check 3: In MP Navigator E[...]

  • Pagina 873

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Probl ems with Scanning > "There is not enough memory." Message Is Displayed "There is not enough memory." Message Is Displ ayed Check 1: Exit other applicati ons and try again. Check 2: Reduce the resolution or output size and scan again. Resolution Page top Page 873 of 973 pages &qu[...]

  • Pagina 874

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Probl ems with Scanning > Computer Stops Operatin g during Scann ing Computer Stops Operating d uring Scanning Check 1: Restart the computer, reduce the output resolution in ScanGear (scanner driver) and scan again. Check 2: Delete unnecessary files to obtain sufficient free hard disk space, then scan ag[...]

  • Pagina 875

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Probl ems with Scanning > Scanner Doe s Not W ork After Up grading W indows Scanner Does Not Work A f ter Upgrading Window s Check: Disconnect the USB cable, then uninstall and reinstall the MP Drivers and MP Navigator EX. Step 1: Uninstall the MP Drivers. See " Deleti ng the Unn ecess ary MP Driver[...]

  • Pagina 876

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > S oftware Problems Softw are Problems E-mail Sof tware Program You W ant to Us e Does Not Ap pear in th e Screen f or Selecti ng an E-m ail Software Program Scanned Image Is Printed Enlarged (Red uced) Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) o n the Com puter Monitor Scanned Image Does Not Open Page top Page 87[...]

  • Pagina 877

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Software Problems > E-mail Software Program You W ant to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Sele cting an E-mail Sof tware Program E-mail Software Program You Want to Use Does Not A ppear in the Screen for Selecting an E-mail Software Program Check 1: MP Navigator EX may not supp ort the e-mail softw [...]

  • Pagina 878

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Software Problems > Scanned Image Is Printed Enlarged (Reduced) Scanned Image Is Printed Enl arged (Reduced) Check: Set the printing size in the application. Page top Page 878 of 973 pages Scanned Image Is Printed Enlarged (Reduced)[...]

  • Pagina 879

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Software Problems > Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Red uced) on the Compu ter Monitor Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) on the Comp uter Monitor Check 1: Change the display setting in the application. For detail s, refer to the app licatio n's manua l. If you have a ny questio ns, con tact the manufac[...]

  • Pagina 880

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Software Problems > Scanned Image Does Not Open Scanned Image Does Not Open Check: If the file forma t is not supporte d by the application, scan t he image again and sa ve it in a popular file format suc h as JPEG. For detail s, refer to the app licatio n's manua l. If you have a ny questio ns, con[...]

  • Pagina 881

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > MP Nav igator E X Problems MP Nav igator EX Problems Cannot Sca n at the Corre ct Size Position or Size of the Image Can not be Dete cted Correc tly W hen Scann ing Usin g the Operati on Panel Document Is Place d Correctl y, but the Sca nned Ima ge Is Sla nted Document Is Place d Correctl y, but the Orien t[...]

  • Pagina 882

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > MP Nav igator EX Problem s > Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Check 1: Make sure that the documen ts ar e placed correctly on the Platen. Placing Docum ents Check 2: Set Document Size to the actual document size and scan again. If the ma tching s ize is no t found, s can at[...]

  • Pagina 883

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > MP Nav igator EX Problem s > Position or Size of the Image Canno t be Detected Correctly W hen Scannin g Using the Operation Pan el Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning Using the Operation Panel Check 1: Make sure that the documen ts ar e placed correctly on the Platen[...]

  • Pagina 884

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > MP Nav igator EX Problem s > Document Is Placed Correctly, but the Scanned Image Is Slanted Document Is Placed Correctly, but the Scanned Image Is Slanted Check: In MP Navigator EX, deselect the Correct slanted document checkbox a nd scan agai n. Scan Settings Dialog Box (Photos/Doc uments) Scan Setti ng[...]

  • Pagina 885

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > MP Nav igator EX Problem s > Document Is Placed Correctly, but the Orientation Changes in the Scanned Image Document Is Placed Correctly, but the Orientation Changes in the Scanned Image Check: In MP Navigator EX, deselect the Detect the ori entation of text documents an d rotate i mages checkbox and sca[...]

  • Pagina 886

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Probl ems with Faxing Problems with Faxing This section mainly describes the proble ms you may encounter w hen using a fax. Problems Rec eiving Faxes Problems Send ing Faxes Telephone Problem s Note For details o n messages for faxing display ed on the LCD, see A Message for Faxing Is Disp layed on the LCD [...]

  • Pagina 887

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Probl ems Receiving Faxes Problems Receivi ng Faxes Cannot Receive a Fax, Cann ot Print a Fax Machine Does Not Switch Automati cally between Vo ice and Fax Calls Quality of Received Fax is Poor Cannot Receive a Color Fax Errors Oft en Occur W hen You Receive a Fax Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax Ch[...]

  • Pagina 888

    the FINE Cartrid ge, then p rint the f axes in memo ry. Document Stored in Memory Note If the ma chine was rec eiving faxes in the fax mode, pri nting will s tart autom atical ly after the FINE Cartrid ge is rep laced. You can set the m achine to forcibly print a received fax even if the ink has run out. However, part or all o f the fax may not be [...]

  • Pagina 889

    poor, or is the se nder's fax machi ne compatible w ith ECM ? On your machi ne, sel ect ON for ECM RX on Reception s ettings . ECM RX Contact th e sender and ask the sen der to ch eck whether th e mach ine is s et to en able ECM transmission. If the se nder's or rec ipient's fax machine i s not c ompatib le with ECM, the fax will be [...]

  • Pagina 890

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Probl ems Sending Faxes Problems Sending F axes Cannot Send a Fax Cannot Perform Seque ntial Broadcasting by Redialing, or Cannot Dial Using the Numeric Buttons Cannot Send a Fax Cle arly Errors Oft en Occur W hen You Send a Fax Cannot Send a Fax Check 1: Is the pow er turned on? You cannot s end faxes if t[...]

  • Pagina 891

    Check tha t the tel ephone l ine is c onnect ed correc tly to the p roper jac k. If so, then there is a problem with your telepho ne line. Contact your t elephone compa ny. Check 10: Is the document loaded prope rly ? Remove the d ocumen t, then rel oad it on the Plate n Glass o r in the ADF. Loading Paper / Originals Check 11: Does a printer error[...]

  • Pagina 892

    Page top Page 892 of 973 pages Problems Sending Faxes[...]

  • Pagina 893

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Telephone Problems Telephone Probl ems Cannot Dial Telephone Disco nnects During a Call Cannot Dial Check 1: Is the telephone line c onnected correc tly ? Check tha t the tel ephone l ine is c onnect ed correc tly. Refer to your setup m anual. Check 2: Is the telephone line type set correctly ? Check the te[...]

  • Pagina 894

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > If You Cannot Resolve the Probl em If You Cannot Resolve the Problem If you cann ot resolve th e proble m with any of the workarounds i n this c hapter, pl ease c ontact th e selle r of the mac hine or th e service center. Canon sup port staf f are traine d to be a ble to pro vide techn ical s upport to sat[...]

  • Pagina 895

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > FAQs FA Qs No Printing Results/Pri nting Is Blurred/Col ors Are W rong/W hite Streaks Machine Move s But I nk Is Not Ejected Cannot Ins tall the MP Drivers Printing Doe s Not Start Copying/Printi ng Stops Before It Is Complete d W ri ting Error/Outp ut Error/Comm unicati on Error Print Resul ts Not Satis fa[...]

  • Pagina 896

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Instructions fo r Use (Printer Driver) Instructions for Use (Printer Driver ) This printer driver is subject to the following r estrictions. Keep the follow ing points in mind w hen using the printer driver. Restrictions on the Printer Driver W i th some applic ations, the Copie s settin g in the Page Setup[...]

  • Pagina 897

    Points to Note w ith Applications There are foll owing restrict ions in Microsoft W ord (Microsoft Corporation ). W h en Microsoft W ord h as the s ame prin ting func tions as the pri nter driver, u se W ord to s pecify them. W h en sele cting Sc aled, Fi t-to-Page, or Page Layout f rom the Pag e Layout li st on the Page Setup tab, the s electe d p[...]

  • Pagina 898

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Genera l Notes (Scanner Driver) General Notes (Scanner Driv er) ScanGear (scan ner driver) is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when usin g it. Scanner Driver Restrictions W h en usin g the NTFS file s ystem, the TW AIN da ta sourc e may not be invoked. This is bec ause th e T[...]

  • Pagina 899

    W h en sca nning pl aten size i mages into Microsoft Office 200 0/2003 (W ord, Excel or PowerPoint) etc., click Custom In sert in t he Insert Picture fro m Scann er or Camera screen. Otherwise, imag es may not be s canned c orrectly. W h en sca nning im ages i nto Microsoft Offic e 2007 (such as W ord, Excel, PowerPoint), us e Microsoft Clip Organi[...]

  • Pagina 900

    Advanced Guide > Troubleshootin g > Genera l Notes (Fax Driver) General Notes (Fax Driv er) This fax driver is subject to th e following restriction s. Keep the following points in mind w hen using the fax driver. Microsoft Excel 2002 may not alw ays work correctly when sending a document as a f ax using the fax driver and w ith the option A [...]

  • Pagina 901

    Advanced Guide > Appen dix A ppendix Printing Area Editing th e Print Doc ument or Reprinting from the Print History Deleting the Unde sired Print Job Updating the MP Drivers Uninstalling the On- Screen Manuals Transporting the Machine Opening th e Printer Driver Set up W indow Notice for Unpluggin g the Power Cord Page top Page 901 of 973 pages[...]

  • Pagina 902

    Advanced Guide > Appendix > Printing Area Printing A rea To ensure the best print quality, t he ma chine allows a margin along eac h edge of media. The actual printable area will be the area inside these margins . Recom mended printing are a : Canon recomm ends tha t you print within this are a. Printable area : The area where it is possible [...]

  • Pagina 903

    Advanced Guide > Appendix > Printing Area > Other Sizes t han Letter, Legal, Envelopes Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Env elopes Size Printable Area (width x height) A5 5.56 x 7.95 inc hes / 14 1.2 x 202.0 mm A4 8.00 x 11.38 inc hes / 2 03.2 x 289.0 mm B5 6.90 x 9.80 inch es / 175. 2 x 249.0 mm 4" x 6" / 10 x 15 cm 3.73 x 5.69 i[...]

  • Pagina 904

    Advanced Guide > Appendix > Printing Area > Letter, Legal Letter, Legal Size Printable Area (width x height) Letter 8.00 x 10.69 inc hes / 2 03.2 x 271.4 mm Legal 8.00 x 13.69 inc hes / 2 03.2 x 347.6 mm Recom mended printing are a Printable area Page top Page 904 of 973 pages Letter, Legal[...]

  • Pagina 905

    Advanced Guide > Appendix > Printing Area > Envelopes Envelopes Size Recommended Pri nting Area (width x height) European DL* 4.06 x 7.07 inc hes / 10 3.2 x 179.5 mm US Comm. Env. #1 0* 3.86 x 7.91 inc hes / 98 .0 x 200.8 mm * This page s ize can be used on ly when printing from your co mputer. Recom mended printing are a Page top Page 905[...]

  • Pagina 906

    Advanced Guide > Appendix > Editing the Print Documen t or Reprinting from the Prin t History Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History This functi on is un available when the stan dard IJ p rinter driver i s used. In the Cano n IJ XPS preview window, you can edit the print d ocumen t or retrieve t he docu ment prin t hi[...]

  • Pagina 907

    1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Quick Setup tab or the Main tab. 3. Complete the s etup Click OK. The Canon IJ XPS Preview will start an d the pri nt result will be disp layed befor e printin g. 4. Editing print documents and print pages Combining print documents You can [...]

  • Pagina 908

    Reprinting from the Print History W h en you cli ck Save Print History on th e File m enu to en able the setting , the doc ument pri nted from the preview is saved, a nd you can reprint th e docum ent with the s ame set tings. 1. Displaying th e print history Select the Start m enu -> All Programs -> "Your model nam e" -> View Pr[...]

  • Pagina 909

    Advanced Guide > Appendix > Deleting the Und esired Print Job Deleting the Undesired Print Job If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Status Monitor" with "Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor" when reading this in formatio n. If the prin ter does not start printing, the print job data cancel led or fa iled ma y[...]

  • Pagina 910

    Advanced Guide > Appendix > Updating the M P Drivers Updating the MP Drivers Obtaining the Lates t MP Drivers Deleting t he Unnece ssary MP Drivers Before Ins talling the MP Drivers Install ing the MP Drivers Page top Page 910 of 973 pages Updating the MP Drivers[...]

  • Pagina 911

    Advanced Guide > Appendix > Updating the M P Drivers > Obtain ing the Latest MP Drivers Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers The MP Drivers include a printer dri ver, scann er driver (Scan Gear), and fax driver. By updating t he MP Drivers to the la test versio n of the MP Drivers, unr esolved pro blems may be sol ved. Access our web site t hro[...]

  • Pagina 912

    Advanced Guide > Appendix > Updating the M P Drivers > De leting the Unne cessary MP Drivers Deleting the Unnecessary MP Driv ers The MP Drivers you no longer u se can be delet ed. W h en delet ing the MP Drivers, firs t exit all prog rams tha t are runni ng. The procedure to delet e the unn ecess ary MP Drivers is as foll ows: When There [...]

  • Pagina 913

    If you are us ing W indows 7, when th e confirm ation m essage appears , clic k Yes. Then when the User Acco unt Control dialog b ox appears, cl ick Yes. The icon is deleted . If you are us ing W indows Vist a, when the User Account Control dia log box appears , clic k Continue. Then w hen the co nfirmation message appea rs, click Yes. The icon is [...]

  • Pagina 914

    Advanced Guide > Appendix > Updating the M P Drivers > Bef ore Installing the MP Drivers Before Installing the MP Drivers This section describes th e items that yo u should check before installing the M P Driv ers. Y ou should also refer to thi s sect ion if th e MP Drivers cannot be instal led. Checking the Ma chine Status Properly conn e[...]

  • Pagina 915

    Advanced Guide > Appendix > Updating the M P Drivers > Ins talling th e MP Drivers Installing the MP Driv ers You can acc ess ou r web site throu gh the Int ernet and download the l atest MP Drivers for your m odel. The procedure for installing the downloaded MP Drivers is as follows: 1. Turn off the m achine 2. Start the installer Double-[...]

  • Pagina 916

    Page top Page 916 of 973 pages Installing the MP Drivers[...]

  • Pagina 917

    Advanced Guide > Appendix > Uninstallin g the On-Screen Manual s Uninstalling the On- Screen Manuals Follow the procedure below to u ninstall all of the installed on-scre en manuals from yo ur computer. Before uninstalling the o n-screen manuals, exit all on-screen manuals that are o pening. 1. Click Start > All Programs (Programs in W ind[...]

  • Pagina 918

    Advanced Guide > Appendix > Transporting the Machin e Transporting t he Machin e W hen relocating the machine, pack the machine u sing the original packing mate rials. If you do not have the ori ginal pa cking material s, pack the ma chine c arefully us ing prote ctive mate rial and plac e it ins ide a s turdy box. Important Do not trans port[...]

  • Pagina 919

    Advanced Guide > Appendix > Opening the Printer Drive r Setup W ind ow Opening the Printer Driver S etup Windo w The printer dri ver setup window can b e displ ayed through the appl icatio n software in u se or the Start menu of the W indows. Open the Printer Driv er Setup Window through the Application Software Follow the procedure below to [...]

  • Pagina 920

    Advanced Guide > Appendix > Notice for Unpl ugging the Power Cord Notice for Unpluggin g the Power Cord To unplug the power cord, fo llow the proce dure belo w. Important Confirm th at the Pow er lamp is off be fore unpl ugging t he power cord, t hen unpl ug the po wer cord. Unplugging the power co rd while th e machine is still on may cause [...]

  • Pagina 921

    Advanced Guide > Using Easy-Pho toPrint EX Using Easy-PhotoPrint EX --- Transforming Your Photo s into Creative Works of A rt --- Easy-PhotoPrint EX allow s you to crea te albums, calendars a nd stickers easily using pho tos taken with digital cameras . You can also print borderless ph otos easily . Start Easy -PhotoPrint EX Click Here : Easy-Ph[...]

  • Pagina 922

    CHECK! Select Alb um to ad d text and frame s. You canno t decorate photos with Photo Print. Create a Cale ndar Using Your Favorite Photos Create cal endars e asily with Easy-Photo Print EX. Create your own cal endar us ing your favorit e photos ! It'll be exciting to turn th e calen dar pages . Y ou can us e all kinds of photos. You can als o[...]

  • Pagina 923

    Page top Page 923 of 973 pages Using Easy-PhotoPrint EX[...]

  • Pagina 924

    Advanced Guide > Using MP Naviga tor EX Using MP Nav igator EX MP Navigator EX is an appli cation that enab les you to easily sc an photo s and do cument s. It is suitabl e even for beginners. Start MP Nav igator EX Click Here : M P Navigator EX Note See " Let's Try Scanning " for details on how to sc an imag es usi ng MP Navigato[...]

  • Pagina 925

    Scan w ith One-cli ck In One-click Mode, MP Navigator EX completes f rom scanning to saving, with a click of an icon. One-click Mode also allows y ou to scan and sa ve images as PDF files or attach them to e-mail automatica lly. Scan and Correc t/Enhance Photos You can easi ly correct/ enhance scanne d photos using MP Navigator EX. You do not need [...]

  • Pagina 926

    Advanced Guide > About Solution Menu A bout Solution Menu Quick Shortcut!! Solution Menu Solution Menu is a menu window t hat provide s quick acc ess from your desktop to Canon applications, manuals, and online pro duct inform ation. Important The number a nd types of buttons d isplayed in the window may vary depen ding on your printer a nd regi[...]

  • Pagina 927

    (large or sm all). Solution Menu opens with t he last used window size next t ime it is started. W hen window size is small Starting an Application 1. Point to a button on the w indow to display the description of each application. 2. By clicking each button, the introduced application starts. Follow the same steps to v iew the manuals or online pr[...]

  • Pagina 928

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication A bout Network Commu nication Changing and Confirming Networ k Settings Troubleshooting Appendix Glossary Page top Page 928 of 973 pages About Network Communication[...]

  • Pagina 929

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Changing and Confir ming Network Settings Changing and Con firming Netw ork Settings Canon IJ Ne twork Tool Canon IJ Ne twork Tool Dialog Box Canon IJ Ne twork Tool Menus Changing the Setting s in the W ireless L AN Sheet Changing the W PA or W PA2 Detailed Settings Changing the Settings in the A[...]

  • Pagina 930

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Changing and Confir ming Network Settings > Canon IJ Network Tool Canon IJ Network Tool The Canon IJ Net work Tool is a uti lity that en ables you to displ ay and mod ify the mac hine ne twork settings. It is installed when th e machine is set up. Important Do not sta rt up the Can on IJ Netwo[...]

  • Pagina 931

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Changing and Confir ming Network Settings > Canon IJ Network Tool Dialog Box Canon IJ Netw ork Tool Dialog Box This section describes th e items displayed on the Canon IJ Netw ork Tool dialog box . Important To use the m achine over LAN, make sure you h ave the equi pment n ecessa ry for the c[...]

  • Pagina 932

    Page top Page 932 of 973 pages Canon IJ Network Tool Dialog Box[...]

  • Pagina 933

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Changing and Confir ming Network Settings > Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Canon IJ Netw ork Tool Menus This section describes th e menus in the Cano n IJ Network Tool dialog b ox. 1. File menu Exit Exits the Canon IJ Network Tool. 2. View menu Status Displays the Sta tus dialog box to confirm th[...]

  • Pagina 934

    3. Settings menu Configuration Displays th e Configura tion dia log box to con figure se ttings o f the sel ected p rinter. Note This item h as the s ame fun ction as Configura tion in the Canon I J Network Tool dial og box. A ssociate Port Displays th e Assoc iate Port d ialog bo x and you can ass ociate a port with the printer. This menu i s avai[...]

  • Pagina 935

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Changing and Confir ming Network Settings > Changing the Settings in the W ire less LAN Sheet Changing the Setting s in the Wireless LA N Sheet To change th e wireless ne twork setting s of the printer, c onnect th e printer and the c omputer with a USB cable te mporaril y. If you modif y the [...]

  • Pagina 936

    3. Search The Search di alog box is di splayed to select an acc ess poi nt to con nect to. Search dialog box Note W h en the Can on IJ Network Tool ru ns over a LAN, t he button is grayed o ut and c annot be select ed. Connec t the prin ter and th e compu ter with a USB cabl e tempo rarily to cha nge the settings. 4. Encryption Method Select th e e[...]

  • Pagina 937

    1. Detected Ac cess Po ints The signal strength from the a ccess point, e ncryption type , name o f acces s point , and the radio channel can be confirmed. Important If you conn ect to a n etwork that is not prote cted with sec urity meas ures, the re is a ri sk of disclosing data such as your per sonal information to a third party. Note Signal str[...]

  • Pagina 938

    Specify the printer W EP setti ngs. W hen c hanging the pas sword (W EP key), the sam e chan ge must be made to the pa ssword (W EP key) of the a ccess point. 1. W EP Key Enter the s ame ke y as the one set to t he acce ss poi nt. The number o f charac ters and c haracte r type that c an be ent ered diffe r dependi ng on the key length a nd key for[...]

  • Pagina 939

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Changing and Confir ming Network Settings > Changing the W PA or W PA2 Detailed S ettings Changing the WPA or WPA 2 Detailed Settings To change th e wireless ne twork setting s of the printer, c onnect th e printer and the c omputer with a USB cable te mporaril y. If you modif y the wireless n[...]

  • Pagina 940

    1. Authentication Type Type of authenti cation u sed for c lient a uthentic ation is displ ayed. This machine suppor ts the PSK authentication met hod. PSK This authentication t ype uses a passp hrase entered in t he next screen . 8. Enter the pass phrase, co nfirm the ty pe of dynamic encry ption an d click Next. 1. Passphrase Enter the passp hras[...]

  • Pagina 941

    Important If the prin ter cann ot comm unicate with the com puter afte r the enc ryption type of t he printer was switched, ma ke sure that enc ryption types f or the co mputer an d the ac cess p oint mat ches th at set to th e printer. How to Set a W EP/W PA/W PA2 Key Page top Page 941 of 973 pages Changing the WPA or WPA2 Detailed Settings[...]

  • Pagina 942

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Changing and Confir ming Network Settings > Changing the Settings in the Admin P assword Sheet Changing the Setting s in the A dmin Password Sheet 1. Start up the Canon IJ Netw ork Tool. Starting up Canon IJ Network Tool 2. Select the printer in Printers. 3. Select Conf iguration from the Sett[...]

  • Pagina 943

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Changing and Confir ming Network Settings > Monitoring W ireless Network Status Monitoring Wireless Network Status 1. Start up the Canon IJ Netw ork Tool. Starting up Canon IJ Network Tool 2. Select the printer in Printers. 3. Select Status f rom the View menu. 1. Signal Stren gth Indicate s t[...]

  • Pagina 944

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Changing and Confir ming Network Settings > Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine Initializing the Netw ork Settings of th e Machine Important Note that initializ ation erases all netw ork settings on th e machine, printing, sca nning, or faxing operation from a c omputer over netwo[...]

  • Pagina 945

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Changing and Confir ming Network Settings > Viewing the Mod ified Settings Viewing the Mod ified Settings The Confirmation dialog b ox is displayed when y ou modified the printer settings on the Configuratio n dialog b ox. W hen you click Yes on the Co nfirmatio n dialo g box, the follo wing s[...]

  • Pagina 946

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Changing and Confir ming Network Settings > Printing Out Network Setting Information Printing Ou t Netw ork Setting Information You can print out the n etwork setting s of the machin e such as its I P address and SSID. Important This print ou t contai ns valuab le inform ation ab out your com [...]

  • Pagina 947

    advertising ("X" represent s an alp hanumeri c chara cter rangi ng from 0 to 9 and A to F.) *1 Only when IPv4 is selected on IPv4/IPv6 setting, the status of the network is printed. *2 Only when IPv6 is selected on IPv4/IPv6 setting, the status of the network is printed. *3 Only when IPv6 is sel ected o n IPv4/IPv6 settin g and Act ive is[...]

  • Pagina 948

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Troubleshooting Troubleshoo ting Troubleshooting How to Set a Network Key/Network Pass word/Passphras e Cannot Comm unicat e W ith the Machine /Cannot Prin t from the Machine The Following Screen Is Displayed During Setup Printer Status Mo nitor of the Machine Does Not Operate Cannot Print , Scan[...]

  • Pagina 949

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Troubleshoot ing > Troubleshooting Troubleshoo ting This section desc ribes troublesho oting tips for problems you may encou nter when using the machine. For trouble shootin g tips re lated to the setu p, refer to the Network Setup Troub leshooting . Page top Page 949 of 973 pages Troubleshoot[...]

  • Pagina 950

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Troubleshoot ing > How to Set a Network Key/Netw ork Password/ Passphrase How to Set a Network Key/Network Password/Passphrase Cannot Connect with an Access Point to W hich a W EP/W PA/W PA2 Key Is Set (You Forgot the W EP/ W PA/W PA2 Key) How to Set a W EP/W PA/W PA2 Key Cannot Connect w ith [...]

  • Pagina 951

    Page top Page 951 of 973 pages How to Set a Network Key/Network Pa ssword/Passphrase[...]

  • Pagina 952

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Troubleshoot ing > Cannot Communicate With the Machine/Cannot Print from the Machine Cannot Commu nicate With the Machine/Cannot Print from t he Machine Cannot Communicate with t he Machine After Apply ing MAC/IP Address Filtering or Entering a W EP/ W PA/W P A2 Key to the Access Point Cannot [...]

  • Pagina 953

    Check 3: If a netw ork key is set to the acce ss point, set the m achine to match it. How to Set a W EP/W PA/W PA2 Key Check 4: M ake sure that the valid w ire less cha nnel is use d. The wireless channel to be used m ay be limited depending on wireless network devices install ed in the compu ter. Refer to the manu al provided with your compu ter o[...]

  • Pagina 954

    Check 1: Make sure that t he machine is turned on. Check 2: Is WLA N active /inactive i n Device s ettings set to Wireles s LAN active? Changing the Machine Sett ings on the LCD Check 3: M ake sure that the netw ork settings in the machine are identical w ith those of the access point. Refer to the manual provided with the acces s point or contac t[...]

  • Pagina 955

    Check 1: Make sure that t he machine is turned on. Check 2: M ake sure that the machine s etup is completed. If not, refe r to your setu p manua l of the m achin e to com plete the machi ne setup . Check 3: When using Ca non IJ Netw ork Tool, click Update to search for the printer again. Canon IJ Ne twork Tool Dialog Box Check 4: When se arching fo[...]

  • Pagina 956

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Troubleshoot ing > The Following Screen Is Displayed During Setup The Fo llow ing Screen Is Display ed During Setup The Enter Pass word Dialog Box Is Displ ayed During Set up The Dialog Box for Sett ing the Encryption I s Display ed After Selecting the Access Point in the Search Dialog Box &qu[...]

  • Pagina 957

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Troubleshoot ing > Printer Status Monitor of the Machine Does Not Operate Printer Status Monitor of the Machine Does Not Operate Use the printe r driver with bidire ctional communication. Select Ena ble bid irection al supp ort in the Ports she et of the properties dialog box of the printe r d[...]

  • Pagina 958

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Troubleshoot ing > Cannot Print, Scan, or Fax from a Co mputer Connected to the Networ k Cannot Print, Scan, or Fax from a Computer Conn ected to the Netw ork Check 1: Make sure that the netw ork settings of the computer are correct. For the pro cedures to set u p the com puter, ref er to the [...]

  • Pagina 959

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Troubleshoot ing > It Takes a Long Time for Printing to Start It Takes a Long Time for Printing to Start Check 1: The machine may be printing out or scanning a large job issued from another computer. Check 2: Make sure that the radio status is good and adju st the installation pos itions w hil[...]

  • Pagina 960

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Troubleshoot ing > The Admin Password Set to t he Mach ine W a s Forgotten The A d min Password Set to th e Machine Was Forgotten Initiali ze the LAN set tings. Restoring the Machine's Net work Settings to Factory Defau lt After initi alizing the LAN settin gs, refer to your setup manual [...]

  • Pagina 961

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Troubleshoot ing > Checking Information ab out the Network Checking Information abo ut the Netw ork Checking the IP Address or t he MAC Address of the Machine Checkin g the IP Addr ess or th e MAC Address of the Computer Checkin g If the Com puter and the Machine, o r Computer and the Ac cess [...]

  • Pagina 962

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Troubleshoot ing > Restoring the Machine's Network Settings to Factory Default Restoring the Machine's Netwo rk Settings to Factory Default Important Note that initializ ation erases all netw ork settings on th e machine, and prin ting, scanning, or faxin g operation from a c omputer[...]

  • Pagina 963

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Troubleshoot ing > Updati ng the MP Drivers Updating the MP Driv ers Download the la test MP Drivers in advan ce. To obtain the latest MP Drivers, ac cess o ur web site th rough the Internet an d download th e latest MP Drivers for your m odel. After unins talling the MP Drivers, insta ll the [...]

  • Pagina 964

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Troubleshoot ing > Uninstall ing the Canon IJ Network Tool/Canon IJ Network Scan Utility Uninstalling the Canon IJ Network Tool/Canon IJ Netw ork Scan Utility Uninstalling the Canon I J Netw ork Tool Follow the proc edure be low to uninst all the Ca non IJ Network Tool from your co mputer. Imp[...]

  • Pagina 965

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Appen dix A ppendix Restrictions Initial Values Set at Factory (Network) Page top Page 965 of 973 pages Appendix[...]

  • Pagina 966

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Appendix > Restrictions Restrictions If you use a printer over t he wireless L AN, the prin ter may reco gnize nearby wireles s system s, you should set a ne twork key (W EP, W PA, or W PA2) to the ac cess point to encrypt wireless transmi ssion . W i reless commu nicatio n with a produc t tha[...]

  • Pagina 967

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Appendix > Initial Values Set at Factory (Netw ork) Initial Value s Set at Fac tory (Netw ork) Item Initial Values W LAN ac tive/inactive W i reless LAN inacti ve SSID BJNPSETU P Communicatio n mode Infrastruc ture W i reless Security Disable IP address Getting aut omatica lly Printer name set[...]

  • Pagina 968

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Glossary Glossary About Techni cal Terms Page top Page 968 of 973 pages Glossary[...]

  • Pagina 969

    Advanced Guide > About Network Communication > Glossary > About Technical Terms A bout T echnical T erms In this section, te chnical terms used in th e manual are ex plained. A B C D F I K L M O P R S T U W A A ccess P oint A wire less transceiver or base station that receives information from w ireless clients/the machine and rebroadcas t[...]

  • Pagina 970

    point. Open System In this authen tication method, the communication partn er is authenticated w ithout using W EP ke y even if "Use W EP" i s selec ted. Shared Key In this authen tication method, the communication partn er is authenticated u sing the W EP k ey that was set for encryption. B Bonjo ur A service built into Mac OS X operatin[...]

  • Pagina 971

    automati cally. For the pro cedure to check the IP add ress of the printe r, see Checkin g the IP Add ress or t he MAC Address of the Machine . IPv4/IPv 6 They are internetwork-l ayer protocol used o n the int ernet. IPv4 us es 32-bi t address es and IPv6 uses 128-bit addres ses. K Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex as the W EP key format. The c[...]

  • Pagina 972

    PSK An encryp tion m ethod employed by W PA/W PA2. R Router A relay device to connect to another network. S Signal Strength The strength of the si gnal rec eived by the pri nter from the acc ess poi nt is i ndicate d with a value from 0 to 100%. SSID Unique label for w ireless LAN. It is often repr esented such as a ne twork name or an access point[...]

  • Pagina 973

    WEP/WEP Key An encryp tion m ethod employed by IEEE 802.11. Shared security key used to encryp t and decrypt data sent over wireles s networks. This printer s upports key length of 64 bi ts or 128 bits, key format of ASCII code or Hexadecimal, and k ey num ber of 1 t o 4. Wi-Fi Internation al association that certifies intero perability of w ireles[...]